Igor Levkov
/
BLE_API
Important changes to repositories hosted on mbed.com
Mbed hosted mercurial repositories are deprecated and are due to be permanently deleted in July 2026.
To keep a copy of this software download the repository Zip archive or clone locally using Mercurial.
It is also possible to export all your personal repositories from the account settings page.
Dependents: BLE_PowerBank_HeyFaradey
Fork of
BLE_API
by 
Bluetooth Low Energy
Revision 1131:692ddf04fc42, committed 2016-04-06
- Comitter:
- vcoubard
- Date:
- Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
- Parent:
- 1130:ff83f0020480
- Child:
- 1132:6362b7c2fdff
- Commit message:
- Synchronized with git rev 13bf70b6
Author: Rohit Grover
Release 2.1.5
=============
A minor release to separate the concept of minlen and len in
GattCharacteristic. Also contains some improvements to documentation.
Changed in this revision
--- a/DOXYGEN_FRONTPAGE.md Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/DOXYGEN_FRONTPAGE.md Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,30 +1,31 @@
-# BLE API {#mainpage}
-
-The BLE module within mbed OS offers a high abstraction level for using
-Bluetooth Low Energy on multiple platforms.
-
-This documentation describes the internal structure of the mbed
-[BLE API](https://github.com/armmbed/ble).
-
-For getting started with BLE on mbed, check our [introduction
-page](https://docs.mbed.com/docs/ble-intros/en/latest/).
-
-For mbed OS examples using BLE, check [this
-repository](https://github.com/armmbed/ble-examples). For mbed-classic
-examples, please refer to [code under mbed.org](https://developer.mbed.org/teams/Bluetooth-Low-Energy/code/).
-
-## Supported Services
-
-Currently supported reference services include:
-
-* [Battery](@ref BatteryService)
-* [Device Firmware Update (DFU)](@ref DFUService)
-* [Device Information](@ref DeviceInformationService)
-* [Health Thermometer](@ref HealthThermometerService)
-* [Heart Rate](@ref HeartRateService)
-* [UART](@ref UARTService)
-* [UriBeacon](@ref URIBeaconConfigService)
-* [iBeacon](@ref iBeacon)
-
-The [documentation](https://docs.mbed.com/docs/ble-intros/en/latest/AdvSamples/Overview/)
+# BLE API {#mainpage}
+
+The BLE module within mbed OS offers a high abstraction level for using
+Bluetooth Low Energy on multiple platforms.
+
+This documentation describes the internal structure of the mbed
+[BLE API](https://github.com/armmbed/ble). It was automatically generated from
+specially formatted comment blocks in BLE API's source code using Doxygen (see http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/ for more information on Doxygen).
+
+For getting started with BLE on mbed, check our [introduction
+page](https://docs.mbed.com/docs/ble-intros/en/latest/).
+
+For mbed OS examples using BLE, check [this
+repository](https://github.com/armmbed/ble-examples). For mbed-classic
+examples, please refer to [code under mbed.org](https://developer.mbed.org/teams/Bluetooth-Low-Energy/code/).
+
+## Supported Services
+
+Currently supported reference services include:
+
+* [Battery](@ref BatteryService)
+* [Device Firmware Update (DFU)](@ref DFUService)
+* [Device Information](@ref DeviceInformationService)
+* [Health Thermometer](@ref HealthThermometerService)
+* [Heart Rate](@ref HeartRateService)
+* [UART](@ref UARTService)
+* [UriBeacon](@ref URIBeaconConfigService)
+* [iBeacon](@ref iBeacon)
+
+The [documentation](https://docs.mbed.com/docs/ble-intros/en/latest/AdvSamples/Overview/)
contains an overview on how to create new, application-specific services.
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble.doxyfile Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble.doxyfile Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,1919 +1,1900 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.4
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed
-# in front of the TAG it is preceding .
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
-# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
-# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "BLE API"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = v2
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
-# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF = "An abstraction for using Bluetooth Low Energy."
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
-# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
-# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
-# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO =
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = apidoc/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian,
-# Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic,
-# Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip. Note that you specify absolute paths here, but also
-# relative paths, which will be relative from the directory where doxygen is
-# started.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
-# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
-# itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
-# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
-# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
-# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
-# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
-# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
-# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
-# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
-# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
-# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
-#
-# Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
-#
-# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
-# the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING = h=C++
-
-# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
-# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
-# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
-# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
-# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
-# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
-# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
-
-AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
-# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the
-# default) will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in
-# the documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
-# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
-# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
-# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
-# unions with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown
-# inline in the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
-# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
-# to NO (the default), structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate
-# page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = YES
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
-
-# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
-# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can
-# be an expensive process and often the same symbol appear multiple times in
-# the code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too
-# small doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted.
-# The cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid
-# range is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536
-# symbols.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
-# scope will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = YES
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
-# rather than with sharp brackets.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
-# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
-# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
-# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
-# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
-# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
-# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = YES
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
-# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
-# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
-# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
-# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
-# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if section-label ... \endif
-# and \cond section-label ... \endcond blocks.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
-# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
-# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
-# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
-# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
-# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
-# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
-# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. Do not use
-# file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = NO
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE = doxygen_warn.log
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
-# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
-# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h *.cpp *.md
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = configs CONTRIBUTING.md README.md
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH =
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH =
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be ignored.
-# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
-# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
-# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
-# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
-# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
-# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
-# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the USE_MD_FILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
-# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
-# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
-# and want reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
-
-USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = DOXYGEN_FRONTPAGE.md
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = YES
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
-
-# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
-# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
-# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
-# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
-# can opt to disable this feature.
-# The default value is: YES.
-# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
-
-SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = .
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
-# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
-# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
-# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
-# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
-# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
-# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
-# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER =
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will
-# generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use
-# HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this
-# tag will in the future become obsolete.
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional
-# user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard
-# style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule
-# certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET
-# since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more
-# robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to
-# the output directory.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
-# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
-# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
-# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
-# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
-# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
-# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
-# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
-# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
-# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
-# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
-# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
-# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
-# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
-# and 100 does not change the gamma.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
-# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
-# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
-# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
-# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
-# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
-# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
-# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely
-# identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name
-# style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
-
-# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
-# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
-# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
-# add. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
-# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
-# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
-# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
-# the help appears.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
-# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
-# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
-# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
-# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
-# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
-# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
-# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
-# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
-# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
-# values from appearing in the overview section.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
-# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
-# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
-# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
-# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
-# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
-# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
-# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
-# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
-# the MathJax output. Supported types are HTML-CSS, NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and
-# SVG. The default value is HTML-CSS, which is slower, but has the best
-# compatibility.
-
-MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
-# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
-# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
-# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
-# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
-# installing MathJax.
-# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
-# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
-# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript
-# pieces of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code.
-
-MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
-# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
-# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
-# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = YES
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript.
-# There are two flavours of web server based search depending on the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for
-# searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is
-# enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools.
-# See the manual for details.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
-# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
-# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
-# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain
-# the search results. Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and
-# search engine (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search
-# engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration details.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
-
-# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
-# which will returned the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
-# Doxygen ships with an example search engine (doxysearch) which is based on
-# the open source search engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration
-# details.
-
-SEARCHENGINE_URL =
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
-# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
-# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
-
-SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
-
-# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
-# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
-# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
-# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
-# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
-
-EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
-
-# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
-# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
-# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
-# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id
-# of to a relative location where the documentation can be found.
-# The format is: EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = id1=loc1 id2=loc2 ...
-
-EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = YES
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4 will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
-# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
-# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images
-# or other source files which should be copied to the LaTeX output directory.
-# Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers
-# available.
-
-LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
-# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
-# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate DOCBOOK files
-# that can be used to generate PDF.
-
-GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
-
-# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the DOCBOOK pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
-# front of it. If left blank docbook will be used as the default path.
-
-DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = TARGET_NRF51822
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
-# overrules the definition found in the source code.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
-# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
-# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
-# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
-# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
-# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
-# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
-# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed
-# in the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's
-# pages will be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
-# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = YES
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
-# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
-# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
-# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
-# between CPU load and processing speed.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
-# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
-# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
-# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
-# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
-# directory containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
-# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
-# set the path where dot can find it.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
-# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
-# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
-# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
-# manageable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
-# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
-# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
-# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
-# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
-# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \mscfile command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 200
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 1000
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
+# Doxyfile 1.8.4
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed
+# in front of the TAG it is preceding .
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
+# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
+# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "BLE API"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER = v2
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
+# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF = "An abstraction for using Bluetooth Low Energy."
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
+# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
+# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
+# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = apidoc/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian,
+# Persian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic,
+# Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip. Note that you specify absolute paths here, but also
+# relative paths, which will be relative from the directory where doxygen is
+# started.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = YES
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
+# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
+# itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension,
+# and language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java,
+# Javascript, CSharp, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C,
+# C++. For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default
+# is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note
+# that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the
+# files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
+# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
+# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
+# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the
+# default) will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in
+# the documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
+# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
+# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
+# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
+# unions with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown
+# inline in the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO (the default), structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate
+# page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = YES
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can
+# be an expensive process and often the same symbol appear multiple times in
+# the code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too
+# small doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted.
+# The cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid
+# range is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536
+# symbols.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = YES
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
+# rather than with sharp brackets.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
+# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
+# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
+# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
+# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
+# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
+# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
+# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
+# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
+# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
+# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
+# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if section-label ... \endif
+# and \cond section-label ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
+# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
+# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
+# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
+# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
+# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
+# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
+# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path. Do not use
+# file names with spaces, bibtex cannot handle them.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET = NO
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
+# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
+# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h *.cpp *.md
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = configs CONTRIBUTING.md README.md
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be ignored.
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
+# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
+# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
+# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
+# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MD_FILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = DOXYGEN_FRONTPAGE.md
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = YES
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = NO
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = .
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
+# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
+# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
+# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
+# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
+# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
+# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
+# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will
+# generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use
+# HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this
+# tag will in the future become obsolete.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional
+# user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard
+# style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule
+# certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET
+# since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more
+# robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to
+# the output directory.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
+# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
+# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
+# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
+# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
+# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
+# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
+# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
+# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
+# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
+# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
+# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
+# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
+# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
+# and 100 does not change the gamma.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
+# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
+# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
+# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
+# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
+# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
+# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
+# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
+# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely
+# identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name
+# style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
+# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
+# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
+# add. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
+# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
+# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
+# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
+# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
+# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
+# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
+# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
+# the help appears.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
+# this name.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
+# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
+# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
+# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
+# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
+# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
+# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
+# values from appearing in the overview section.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
+# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
+# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
+# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
+# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
+# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
+# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
+# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
+# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. Supported types are HTML-CSS, NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and
+# SVG. The default value is HTML-CSS, which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
+# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
+# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
+# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
+# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
+# installing MathJax.
+# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
+# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
+# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript
+# pieces of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
+# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
+# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
+# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
+# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
+# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript.
+# There are two flavours of web server based search depending on the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for
+# searching and an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is
+# enabled the indexing and searching needs to be provided by external tools.
+# See the manual for details.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain
+# the search results. Doxygen ships with an example indexer (doxyindexer) and
+# search engine (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search
+# engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration details.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will returned the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+# Doxygen ships with an example search engine (doxysearch) which is based on
+# the open source search engine library Xapian. See the manual for configuration
+# details.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH AND EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id
+# of to a relative location where the documentation can be found.
+# The format is: EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = id1=loc1 id2=loc2 ...
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
+# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
+# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = YES
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4 will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
+# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
+# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images
+# or other source files which should be copied to the LaTeX output directory.
+# Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers
+# available.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
+# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
+# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate DOCBOOK files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the DOCBOOK pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it. If left blank docbook will be used as the default path.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED = TARGET_NRF51822
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
+# overrules the definition found in the source code.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
+# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
+# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
+# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
+# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
+# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
+# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
+# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed
+# in the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's
+# pages will be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
+# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT = YES
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
+# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
+# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
+# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
+# between CPU load and processing speed.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
+# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
+# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
+# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
+# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
+# directory containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
+# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
+# set the path where dot can find it.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
+# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
+# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
+# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
+# manageable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
+# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
+# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
+# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
+# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
+# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
+# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \mscfile command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 200
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 1000
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/BLE.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/BLE.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,1444 +1,1444 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_H__
-#define __BLE_H__
-
-#include "blecommon.h"
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattServer.h"
-#include "GattClient.h"
-
-#include "ble/FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
-
-#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_MBED_OS
-#include "mbed-drivers/mbed_error.h"
-#else
-#include "mbed_error.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Forward declaration for the implementation class */
-class BLEInstanceBase;
-
-/**
- * The base class used to abstract away BLE-capable radio transceivers or SOCs,
- * so that the BLE API can work with any radio transparently.
- */
-class BLE
-{
-public:
- typedef unsigned InstanceID_t; /** The type returned by BLE::getInstanceID(). */
-
- /**
- * The context provided to init-completion-callbacks (see init() below).
- *
- * @param ble
- * A reference to the BLE instance being initialized.
- * @param error
- * Captures the result of initialization. It is set to
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if initialization completed successfully. Else
- * the error value is implementation specific.
- */
- struct InitializationCompleteCallbackContext {
- BLE& ble; /* Reference to the BLE object that has been initialized */
- ble_error_t error; /* Error status of the initialization. It is set to BLE_ERROR_NONE if initialization completed successfully. */
- };
-
- /**
- * The signature for function-pointer like callbacks for initialization-completion.
- *
- * @note There are two versions of init(). In addition to the simple
- * function-pointer, init() can also take a <Object, member> tuple as its
- * callback target. In case of the latter, the following declaration doesn't apply.
- */
- typedef void (*InitializationCompleteCallback_t)(InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *context);
-
- /**
- * Initialize the BLE controller. This should be called before using
- * anything else in the BLE_API.
- *
- * init() hands control to the underlying BLE module to accomplish
- * initialization. This initialization may tacitly depend on other hardware
- * setup (such as clocks or power-modes) that happens early on during
- * system startup. It may not be safe to call init() from a global static
- * context where ordering is compiler-specific and can't be guaranteed - it
- * is safe to call BLE::init() from within main().
- *
- * @param initCompleteCallback
- * A callback for when initialization completes for a BLE
- * instance. This is an optional parameter; if no callback is
- * set up the application can still determine the status of
- * initialization using BLE::hasInitialized() (see below).
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the initialization procedure was started
- * successfully.
- *
- * @note If init() returns BLE_ERROR_NONE, the underlying stack must invoke
- * the initialization completion callback at some point.
- *
- * @note In some cases, initialization is instantaneous (or blocking); if
- * so, it is acceptable for the stack-specific implementation of init()
- * to invoke the completion callback directly (within its own
- * context).
- *
- * @note Nearly all BLE APIs would return
- * BLE_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_INCOMPLETE if used on an instance before the
- * corresponding transport is initialized.
- *
- * @note There are two versions of init(). In addition to the simple
- * function-pointer, init() can also take an <Object, member> tuple as its
- * callback target.
- */
- ble_error_t init(InitializationCompleteCallback_t initCompleteCallback = NULL) {
- FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback(initCompleteCallback);
- return initImplementation(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * An alternate declaration for init(). This one takes an <Object, member> tuple as its
- * callback target.
- */
- template<typename T>
- ble_error_t init(T *object, void (T::*initCompleteCallback)(InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *context)) {
- FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback(object, initCompleteCallback);
- return initImplementation(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * @return true if initialization has completed for the underlying BLE
- * transport.
- *
- * The application can set up a callback to signal completion of
- * initialization when using init(). Otherwise, this method can be used to
- * poll the state of initialization.
- */
- bool hasInitialized(void) const;
-
- /**
- * Purge the BLE stack of GATT and GAP state. init() must be called
- * afterwards to re-instate services and GAP state. This API offers a way to
- * repopulate the GATT database with new services and characteristics.
- */
- ble_error_t shutdown(void);
-
- /**
- * This call allows the application to get the BLE stack version information.
- *
- * @return A pointer to a const string representing the version.
- * Note: The string is owned by BLE_API.
- */
- const char *getVersion(void);
-
- /*
- * Accessors to GAP. Please refer to Gap.h. All GAP related functionality requires
- * going through this accessor.
- */
- const Gap &gap() const;
- Gap &gap();
-
- /*
- * Accessors to GATT Server. Please refer to GattServer.h. All GATTServer related
- * functionality requires going through this accessor.
- */
- const GattServer& gattServer() const;
- GattServer& gattServer();
-
- /*
- * Accessors to GATT Client. Please refer to GattClient.h. All GATTClient related
- * functionality requires going through this accessor.
- */
- const GattClient& gattClient() const;
- GattClient& gattClient();
-
- /*
- * Accessors to Security Manager. Please refer to SecurityManager.h. All
- * SecurityManager related functionality requires going through this
- * accessor.
- */
- const SecurityManager& securityManager() const;
- SecurityManager& securityManager();
-
- /**
- * Yield control to the BLE stack or to other tasks waiting for events. This
- * is a sleep function that will return when there is an application-specific
- * interrupt, but the MCU might wake up several times before
- * returning (to service the stack). This is not always interchangeable with
- * WFE().
- */
- void waitForEvent(void);
-
-public:
- static const InstanceID_t DEFAULT_INSTANCE = 0;
-#ifndef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
- static const InstanceID_t NUM_INSTANCES = 1;
-#else
- static const InstanceID_t NUM_INSTANCES = YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT;
-#endif
-
- /**
- * Get a reference to the BLE singleton corresponding to a given interface.
- * There is a static array of BLE singletons.
- *
- * @Note: Calling Instance() is preferred over constructing a BLE object
- * directly, as it returns references to singletons.
- *
- * @param[in] id
- * Instance-ID. This should be less than NUM_INSTANCES
- * for the returned BLE singleton to be useful.
- *
- * @return a reference to a single object.
- */
- static BLE &Instance(InstanceID_t id = DEFAULT_INSTANCE);
-
- /**
- * Constructor for a handle to a BLE instance (the BLE stack). BLE handles
- * are thin wrappers around a transport object (that is, ptr. to
- * BLEInstanceBase).
- *
- * It is better to create BLE objects as singletons accessed through the
- * Instance() method. If multiple BLE handles are constructed for the same
- * interface (using this constructor), they will share the same underlying
- * transport object.
- */
- BLE(InstanceID_t instanceID = DEFAULT_INSTANCE);
-
- /**
- * Fetch the ID of a BLE instance. Typically there would only be the DEFAULT_INSTANCE.
- */
- InstanceID_t getInstanceID(void) const {
- return instanceID;
- }
-
- /*
- * Deprecation alert!
- * All of the following are deprecated and may be dropped in a future
- * release. Documentation should refer to alternative APIs.
- */
-
- /* GAP specific APIs. */
-public:
- /**
- * Set the BTLE MAC address and type.
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAddress(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAddress(...).
- */
- ble_error_t setAddress(BLEProtocol::AddressType_t type, const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t address) {
- return gap().setAddress(type, address);
- }
-
- /**
- * Fetch the BTLE MAC address and type.
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getAddress(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getAddress(...).
- */
- ble_error_t getAddress(BLEProtocol::AddressType_t *typeP, BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t address) {
- return gap().getAddress(typeP, address);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the GAP advertising mode to use for this device.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAdvertisingType(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAdvertisingType(...).
- */
- void setAdvertisingType(GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType advType) {
- gap().setAdvertisingType(advType);
- }
-
- /**
- * @param[in] interval
- * Advertising interval in units of milliseconds. Advertising
- * is disabled if interval is 0. If interval is smaller than
- * the minimum supported value, then the minimum supported
- * value is used instead. This minimum value can be discovered
- * using getMinAdvertisingInterval().
- *
- * This field must be set to 0 if connectionMode is equal
- * to ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED.
- *
- * @note: Decreasing this value allows central devices to detect a
- * peripheral faster, at the expense of more power being used by the radio
- * due to the higher data transmit rate.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAdvertisingInterval(...).
- *
- * @note: [WARNING] This API previously used 0.625ms as the unit for its
- * 'interval' argument. That required an explicit conversion from
- * milliseconds using Gap::MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(). This conversion is
- * no longer required as the new units are milliseconds. Any application
- * code depending on the old semantics needs to be updated accordingly.
- */
- void setAdvertisingInterval(uint16_t interval) {
- gap().setAdvertisingInterval(interval);
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getMinAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getMinAdvertisingInterval(...).
- */
- uint16_t getMinAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return gap().getMinAdvertisingInterval();
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds for non-connectible mode.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(...).
- */
- uint16_t getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return gap().getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval();
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Maximum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getMaxAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getMaxAdvertisingInterval(...).
- */
- uint16_t getMaxAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return gap().getMaxAdvertisingInterval();
- }
-
- /**
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Advertising timeout (in seconds) between 0x1 and 0x3FFF (1
- * and 16383). Use 0 to disable the advertising timeout.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAdvertisingTimeout(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAdvertisingTimeout(...).
- */
- void setAdvertisingTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
- gap().setAdvertisingTimeout(timeout);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a particular, user-constructed set of advertisement parameters for
- * the underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used
- * directly; there are other APIs to tweak advertisement parameters
- * individually (see above).
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAdvertisingParams(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAdvertisingParams(...).
- */
- void setAdvertisingParams(const GapAdvertisingParams &advParams) {
- gap().setAdvertisingParams(advParams);
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Read back advertising parameters. Useful for storing and
- * restoring parameters rapidly.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getAdvertisingParams(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getAdvertisingParams(...).
- */
- const GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) const {
- return gap().getAdvertisingParams();
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param[in] flags
- * The flags to add. Please refer to
- * GapAdvertisingData::Flags for valid flags. Multiple
- * flags may be specified in combination.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(uint8_t flags) {
- return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags);
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param[in] app
- * The appearance of the peripheral.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(appearance) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(appearance).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance app) {
- return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(app);
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param[in] app
- * The max transmit power to be used by the controller. This
- * is only a hint.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(txPower) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(txPower).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(int8_t power) {
- return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(power);
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
- * advertising payload. Please note that the payload is limited to 31 bytes.
- * The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used as an additional 31 bytes if the
- * advertising payload is too small.
- *
- * @param type The type that describes the variable length data.
- * @param data Data bytes.
- * @param len Data length.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(...).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
- return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(type, data, len);
- }
-
- /**
- * Setup a particular, user-constructed advertisement payload for the
- * underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used directly;
- * there are other APIs to build an advertisement payload (see above).
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAdvertisingData(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAdvertisingPayload(...).
- */
- ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData) {
- return gap().setAdvertisingPayload(advData);
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Read back advertising data. Useful for storing and
- * restoring payload.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getAdvertisingData(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getAdvertisingPayload()(...).
- */
- const GapAdvertisingData &getAdvertisingData(void) const {
- return gap().getAdvertisingPayload();
- }
-
- /**
- * Reset any advertising payload prepared from prior calls to
- * accumulateAdvertisingPayload(). This automatically propagates the re-
- * initialized advertising payload to the underlying stack.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.clearAdvertisingPayload(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().clearAdvertisingPayload(...).
- */
- void clearAdvertisingPayload(void) {
- gap().clearAdvertisingPayload();
- }
-
- /**
- * This API is *deprecated* and resolves to a no-operation. It is left here
- * to allow older code to compile. Please avoid using this API in new code.
- * This API will be dropped in a future release.
- *
- * Formerly, it would be used to dynamically reset the accumulated advertising
- * payload and scanResponse; to do this, the application would clear and re-
- * accumulate a new advertising payload (and scanResponse) before using this
- * API. Updates to the underlying advertisement payload now happen
- * implicitly.
- */
- ble_error_t setAdvertisingPayload(void) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
- * scanResponse payload.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type that describes the variable length data.
- * @param[in] data Data bytes.
- * @param[in] len Data length.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.accumulateScanResponse(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().accumulateScanResponse(...).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateScanResponse(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
- return gap().accumulateScanResponse(type, data, len);
- }
-
- /**
- * Reset any scan response prepared from prior calls to
- * accumulateScanResponse().
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.clearScanResponse(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().clearScanResponse(...).
- */
- void clearScanResponse(void) {
- gap().clearScanResponse();
- }
-
- /**
- * Start advertising.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.startAdvertising(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().startAdvertising(...).
- */
- ble_error_t startAdvertising(void) {
- return gap().startAdvertising();
- }
-
- /**
- * Stop advertising.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.stopAdvertising(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().stopAdvertising(...).
- */
- ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void) {
- return gap().stopAdvertising();
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] interval
- * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- * @param[in] window
- * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables timeout.
- * @param[in] activeScanning
- * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
- * scan response from a peer if possible.
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setScanParams(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setScanParams(...).
- */
- ble_error_t setScanParams(uint16_t interval = GapScanningParams::SCAN_INTERVAL_MAX,
- uint16_t window = GapScanningParams::SCAN_WINDOW_MAX,
- uint16_t timeout = 0,
- bool activeScanning = false) {
- return gap().setScanParams(interval, window, timeout, activeScanning);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up the scanInterval parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] interval
- * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setScanInterval(interval) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setScanInterval(interval).
- */
- ble_error_t setScanInterval(uint16_t interval) {
- return gap().setScanInterval(interval);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up the scanWindow parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] window
- * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setScanWindow(window) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setScanWindow(window).
- */
- ble_error_t setScanWindow(uint16_t window) {
- return gap().setScanWindow(window);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables timeout.
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setScanTimeout(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setScanTimeout(...).
- */
- ble_error_t setScanTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
- return gap().setScanTimeout(timeout);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] activeScanning
- * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
- * scan response from a peer if possible.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setActiveScan(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setActiveScanning(...).
- */
- void setActiveScan(bool activeScanning) {
- gap().setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
- }
-
- /**
- * Start scanning (Observer Procedure) based on the parameters currently in
- * effect.
- *
- * @param[in] callback
- * The application-specific callback to be invoked upon
- * receiving every advertisement report. This can be passed in
- * as NULL, in which case scanning may not be enabled at all.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.startScan(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().startScan(callback).
- */
- ble_error_t startScan(void (*callback)(const Gap::AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
- return gap().startScan(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Same as above, but this takes an (object, method) pair for a callback.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.startScan(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().startScan(object, callback).
- */
- template<typename T>
- ble_error_t startScan(T *object, void (T::*memberCallback)(const Gap::AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params));
-
- /**
- * Stop scanning. The current scanning parameters remain in effect.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE if successfully stopped scanning procedure.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.stopScan() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().stopScan().
- */
- ble_error_t stopScan(void) {
- return gap().stopScan();
- }
-
- /**
- * Create a connection (GAP Link Establishment).
- * @param peerAddr
- * 48-bit address, LSB format.
- * @param peerAddrType
- * Address type of the peer.
- * @param connectionParams
- * Connection parameters.
- * @param scanParams
- * Paramters to use while scanning for the peer.
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if connection establishment procedure is started
- * successfully. The onConnection callback (if set) is invoked upon
- * a connection event.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.connect(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().connect(...).
- */
- ble_error_t connect(const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrType = BLEProtocol::AddressType::RANDOM_STATIC,
- const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams = NULL,
- const GapScanningParams *scanParams = NULL) {
- return gap().connect(peerAddr, peerAddrType, connectionParams, scanParams);
- }
-
- /**
- * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion is
- * communicated to the application with an invocation of the
- * onDisconnection callback.
- *
- * @param[in] connectionHandle
- * @param[in] reason
- * The reason for disconnection; sent back to the peer.
- */
- ble_error_t disconnect(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, Gap::DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
- return gap().disconnect(connectionHandle, reason);
- }
-
- /**
- * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion
- * is communicated to the application with an invocation of the
- * onDisconnection callback.
- *
- * @param reason
- * The reason for disconnection; sent back to the peer.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.disconnect(reason) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().disconnect(reason).
- *
- * @note: This version of disconnect() doesn't take a connection handle. It
- * works reliably only for stacks that are limited to a single
- * connection. This API should be considered *deprecated* in favour of the
- * alternative, which takes a connection handle. It will be dropped in the future.
- */
- ble_error_t disconnect(Gap::DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
- return gap().disconnect(reason);
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns the current GAP state of the device using a bitmask that
- * describes whether the device is advertising or connected.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getGapState() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getState().
- */
- Gap::GapState_t getGapState(void) const {
- return gap().getState();
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the GAP peripheral's preferred connection parameters. These are the
- * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
- * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
- *
- * @param[out] params
- * The structure where the parameters will be stored. Memory
- * for this is owned by the caller.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the parameters were successfully filled into
- * the given structure pointed to by params.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getPreferredConnectionParams() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getPreferredConnectionParams().
- */
- ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- return gap().getPreferredConnectionParams(params);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the GAP peripheral's preferred connection parameters. These are the
- * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
- * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
- *
- * @param[in] params
- * The structure containing the desired parameters.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setPreferredConnectionParams() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setPreferredConnectionParams().
- */
- ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- return gap().setPreferredConnectionParams(params);
- }
-
- /**
- * Update connection parameters while in the peripheral role.
- * @details In the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request to the connected peer and wait for
- * the central to perform the procedure.
- * @param[in] handle
- * Connection Handle
- * @param[in] params
- * Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
- * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.updateConnectionParams() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().updateConnectionParams().
- */
- ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Gap::Handle_t handle, const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- return gap().updateConnectionParams(handle, params);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[in] deviceName
- * The new value for the device-name. This is a UTF-8 encoded, <b>NULL-terminated</b> string.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setDeviceName() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setDeviceName().
- */
- ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName) {
- return gap().setDeviceName(deviceName);
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the value of the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[out] deviceName
- * Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 *non NULL-
- * terminated* string will be placed. Set this
- * value to NULL in order to obtain the deviceName-length
- * from the 'length' parameter.
- *
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * (on input) Length of the buffer pointed to by deviceName;
- * (on output) the complete device name length (without the
- * null terminator).
- *
- * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * length will return the complete device name length, and not the
- * number of bytes actually returned in deviceName. The application may
- * use this information to retry with a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getDeviceName() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getDeviceName().
- */
- ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP) {
- return gap().getDeviceName(deviceName, lengthP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[in] appearance
- * The new value for the device-appearance.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setAppearance() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setAppearance().
- */
- ble_error_t setAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance appearance) {
- return gap().setAppearance(appearance);
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[out] appearance
- * The new value for the device-appearance.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getAppearance() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getAppearance().
- */
- ble_error_t getAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance *appearanceP) {
- return gap().getAppearance(appearanceP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the radio's transmit power.
- * @param[in] txPower Radio transmit power in dBm.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.setTxPower() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().setTxPower().
- */
- ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
- return gap().setTxPower(txPower);
- }
-
- /**
- * Query the underlying stack for permitted arguments for setTxPower().
- *
- * @param[out] valueArrayPP
- * Out parameter to receive the immutable array of Tx values.
- * @param[out] countP
- * Out parameter to receive the array's size.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
- * ble.getPermittedTxPowerValues() should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().getPermittedTxPowerValues().
- */
- void getPermittedTxPowerValues(const int8_t **valueArrayPP, size_t *countP) {
- gap().getPermittedTxPowerValues(valueArrayPP, countP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table. Also add the
- * characteristics contained within.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.addService() should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().addService().
- */
- ble_error_t addService(GattService &service) {
- return gattServer().addService(service);
- }
-
- /**
- * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GattServer.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[out] buffer
- * A buffer to hold the value being read.
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
- * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * this variable will return the total attribute value length
- * (excluding offset). The application may use this
- * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.readCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().read().
- */
- ble_error_t readCharacteristicValue(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
- return gattServer().read(attributeHandle, buffer, lengthP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GattServer.
- * @param[in] connectionHandle
- * Connection Handle.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[out] buffer
- * A buffer to hold the value being read.
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
- * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * this variable will return the total attribute value length
- * (excluding offset). The application may use this
- * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
- *
- * @note This API is a version of the above, with an additional connection handle
- * parameter to allow fetches for connection-specific multivalued
- * attributes (such as the CCCDs).
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.readCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().read().
- */
- ble_error_t readCharacteristicValue(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
- return gattServer().read(connectionHandle, attributeHandle, buffer, lengthP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GattServer.
- *
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[in] value
- * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
- * @param[in] size
- * Size of the new value (in bytes).
- * @param[in] localOnly
- * Should this update be kept on the local
- * GattServer regardless of the state of the
- * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
- * characteristic? If set to true, no notification
- * or indication is generated.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.updateCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().write().
- */
- ble_error_t updateCharacteristicValue(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
- const uint8_t *value,
- uint16_t size,
- bool localOnly = false) {
- return gattServer().write(attributeHandle, value, size, localOnly);
- }
-
- /**
- * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GattServer. A version
- * of the above, with a connection handle parameter to allow updates
- * for connection-specific multivalued attributes (such as the CCCDs).
- *
- * @param[in] connectionHandle
- * Connection Handle.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Handle for the value attribute of the Characteristic.
- * @param[in] value
- * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
- * @param[in] size
- * Size of the new value (in bytes).
- * @param[in] localOnly
- * Should this update be kept on the local
- * GattServer regardless of the state of the
- * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
- * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
- * or indication is generated.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.updateCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().write().
- */
- ble_error_t updateCharacteristicValue(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
- const uint8_t *value,
- uint16_t size,
- bool localOnly = false) {
- return gattServer().write(connectionHandle, attributeHandle, value, size, localOnly);
- }
-
- /**
- * Enable the BLE stack's Security Manager. The Security Manager implements
- * the cryptographic algorithms and protocol exchanges that allow two
- * devices to securely exchange data and privately detect each other.
- * Calling this API is a prerequisite for encryption and pairing (bonding).
- *
- * @param[in] enableBonding Allow for bonding.
- * @param[in] requireMITM Require protection against man-in-the-middle attacks.
- * @param[in] iocaps To specify the I/O capabilities of this peripheral,
- * such as availability of a display or keyboard, to
- * support out-of-band exchanges of security data.
- * @param[in] passkey To specify a static passkey.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.initializeSecurity(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().init(...).
- */
- ble_error_t initializeSecurity(bool enableBonding = true,
- bool requireMITM = true,
- SecurityManager::SecurityIOCapabilities_t iocaps = SecurityManager::IO_CAPS_NONE,
- const SecurityManager::Passkey_t passkey = NULL) {
- return securityManager().init(enableBonding, requireMITM, iocaps, passkey);
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the security status of a connection.
- *
- * @param[in] connectionHandle Handle to identify the connection.
- * @param[out] securityStatusP Security status.
- *
- * @return BLE_SUCCESS or appropriate error code indicating the reason of failure.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.getLinkSecurity(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().getLinkSecurity(...).
- */
- ble_error_t getLinkSecurity(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, SecurityManager::LinkSecurityStatus_t *securityStatusP) {
- return securityManager().getLinkSecurity(connectionHandle, securityStatusP);
- }
-
- /**
- * Delete all peer device context and all related bonding information from
- * the database within the security manager.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE On success; else returns an error code indicating the reason for the failure.
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization or
- * application registration.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.purgeAllBondingState() should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().purgeAllBondingState().
- */
- ble_error_t purgeAllBondingState(void) {
- return securityManager().purgeAllBondingState();
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for timeout events. Refer to Gap::TimeoutSource_t for
- * possible event types.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
- * to ble.onTimeout(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().onTimeout(callback).
- */
- void onTimeout(Gap::TimeoutEventCallback_t timeoutCallback) {
- gap().onTimeout(timeoutCallback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for connection events. Refer to Gap::ConnectionEventCallback_t.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
- * to ble.onConnection(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().onConnection(callback).
- */
- void onConnection(Gap::ConnectionEventCallback_t connectionCallback) {
- gap().onConnection(connectionCallback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP disconnection.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
- * to ble.onDisconnection(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().onDisconnection(callback).
- */
- void onDisconnection(Gap::DisconnectionEventCallback_t disconnectionCallback) {
- gap().onDisconnection(disconnectionCallback);
- }
-
- template<typename T>
- void onDisconnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const Gap::DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {
- gap().onDisconnection(tptr, mptr);
- }
-
- /**
- * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
- * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack. These notify the application when the
- * radio is in use. The signal is sent using software interrupt.
- *
- * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
- * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
- * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
- * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
- * devices to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
- * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the radio event.
- *
- * @param callback
- * The application handler to be invoked in response to a radio
- * ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
- * to ble.onRadioNotification(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gap().onRadioNotification(...).
- */
- void onRadioNotification(void (*callback)(bool)) {
- gap().onRadioNotification(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Add a callback for the GATT event DATA_SENT (which is triggered when
- * updates are sent out by GATT in the form of notifications).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataSent callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onDataSent(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onDataSent(...).
- */
- void onDataSent(void (*callback)(unsigned count)) {
- gattServer().onDataSent(callback);
- }
- template <typename T> void onDataSent(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(unsigned count)) {
- gattServer().onDataSent(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when an attribute has its value updated by or at the
- * connected peer. For a peripheral, this callback is triggered when the local
- * GATT server has an attribute updated by a write command from the peer.
- * For a Central, this callback is triggered when a response is received for
- * a write request.
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataWritten callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics. Many services, such as DFU and UART, add their own
- * onDataWritten callbacks behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onDataWritten(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onDataWritten(...).
- */
- void onDataWritten(void (*callback)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *eventDataP)) {
- gattServer().onDataWritten(callback);
- }
- template <typename T> void onDataWritten(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *context)) {
- gattServer().onDataWritten(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback to be invoked on the peripheral when an attribute is
- * being read by a remote client.
- *
- * @Note: This functionality may not be available on all underlying stacks.
- * You could use GattCharacteristic::setReadAuthorizationCallback() as an
- * alternative.
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataRead callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics. Services may add their own onDataRead callbacks
- * behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED if this functionality isn't available;
- * else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onDataRead(...) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onDataRead(...).
- */
- ble_error_t onDataRead(void (*callback)(const GattReadCallbackParams *eventDataP)) {
- return gattServer().onDataRead(callback);
- }
- template <typename T> ble_error_t onDataRead(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattReadCallbackParams *context)) {
- return gattServer().onDataRead(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are enabled for a
- * characteristic on the local GattServer.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onUpdatesEnabled(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback).
- */
- void onUpdatesEnabled(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
- gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are disabled for a
- * characteristic on the local GattServer.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onUpdatesEnabled(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback).
- */
- void onUpdatesDisabled(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
- gattServer().onUpdatesDisabled(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the GATT server receives a response for an
- * indication event sent previously.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
- * to ble.onConfirmationReceived(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.gattServer().onConfirmationReceived(callback).
- */
- void onConfirmationReceived(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
- gattServer().onConfirmationReceived(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the security setup procedure (key generation
- * and exchange) for a link has started. This will be skipped for bonded
- * devices. The callback is passed in parameters received from the peer's
- * security request: bool allowBonding, bool requireMITM, and
- * SecurityIOCapabilities_t.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback).
- */
- void onSecuritySetupInitiated(SecurityManager::SecuritySetupInitiatedCallback_t callback) {
- securityManager().onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the security setup procedure (key generation
- * and exchange) for a link has completed. This will be skipped for bonded
- * devices. The callback is passed in the success/failure status of the
- * security setup procedure.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback).
- */
- void onSecuritySetupCompleted(SecurityManager::SecuritySetupCompletedCallback_t callback) {
- securityManager().onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when a link with the peer is secured. For bonded
- * devices, subsequent reconnections with a bonded peer will result only in
- * this callback when the link is secured, and setup procedures will not
- * occur unless the bonding information is either lost or deleted on either
- * or both sides. The callback is passed in a SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t according
- * to the level of security in effect for the secured link.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.onLinkSecured(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().onLinkSecured(callback).
- */
- void onLinkSecured(SecurityManager::LinkSecuredCallback_t callback) {
- securityManager().onLinkSecured(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for successful bonding, meaning that link-specific security
- * context is stored persistently for a peer device.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.onSecurityContextStored(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().onSecurityContextStored(callback).
- */
- void onSecurityContextStored(SecurityManager::HandleSpecificEvent_t callback) {
- securityManager().onSecurityContextStored(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the passkey needs to be displayed on a
- * peripheral with DISPLAY capability. This happens when security is
- * configured to prevent Man-In-The-Middle attacks, and the peers need to exchange
- * a passkey (or PIN) to authenticate the connection
- * attempt.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
- * call to ble.onPasskeyDisplay(callback) should be replaced with
- * ble.securityManager().onPasskeyDisplay(callback).
- */
- void onPasskeyDisplay(SecurityManager::PasskeyDisplayCallback_t callback) {
- return securityManager().onPasskeyDisplay(callback);
- }
-
-private:
- /**
- * Implementation of init() [internal to BLE_API].
- *
- * The implementation is separated into a private method because it isn't
- * suitable to be included in the header.
- */
- ble_error_t initImplementation(FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback);
-
-private:
- BLE(const BLE&);
- BLE &operator=(const BLE &);
-
-private:
- InstanceID_t instanceID;
- BLEInstanceBase *transport; /* The device-specific backend */
-};
-
-typedef BLE BLEDevice; /* DEPRECATED. This type alias is retained for the sake of compatibility with older
- * code. Will be dropped at some point soon.*/
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BLE_H__
+#define __BLE_H__
+
+#include "blecommon.h"
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "GattServer.h"
+#include "GattClient.h"
+
+#include "ble/FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
+
+#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_MBED_OS
+#include "mbed-drivers/mbed_error.h"
+#else
+#include "mbed_error.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Forward declaration for the implementation class */
+class BLEInstanceBase;
+
+/**
+ * The base class used to abstract away BLE-capable radio transceivers or SOCs,
+ * so that the BLE API can work with any radio transparently.
+ */
+class BLE
+{
+public:
+ typedef unsigned InstanceID_t; /** The type returned by BLE::getInstanceID(). */
+
+ /**
+ * The context provided to init-completion-callbacks (see init() below).
+ *
+ * @param ble
+ * A reference to the BLE instance being initialized.
+ * @param error
+ * Captures the result of initialization. It is set to
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE if initialization completed successfully. Else
+ * the error value is implementation specific.
+ */
+ struct InitializationCompleteCallbackContext {
+ BLE& ble; /* Reference to the BLE object that has been initialized */
+ ble_error_t error; /* Error status of the initialization. It is set to BLE_ERROR_NONE if initialization completed successfully. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * The signature for function-pointer like callbacks for initialization-completion.
+ *
+ * @note There are two versions of init(). In addition to the simple
+ * function-pointer, init() can also take a <Object, member> tuple as its
+ * callback target. In case of the latter, the following declaration doesn't apply.
+ */
+ typedef void (*InitializationCompleteCallback_t)(InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *context);
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize the BLE controller. This should be called before using
+ * anything else in the BLE_API.
+ *
+ * init() hands control to the underlying BLE module to accomplish
+ * initialization. This initialization may tacitly depend on other hardware
+ * setup (such as clocks or power-modes) that happens early on during
+ * system startup. It may not be safe to call init() from a global static
+ * context where ordering is compiler-specific and can't be guaranteed - it
+ * is safe to call BLE::init() from within main().
+ *
+ * @param initCompleteCallback
+ * A callback for when initialization completes for a BLE
+ * instance. This is an optional parameter; if no callback is
+ * set up the application can still determine the status of
+ * initialization using BLE::hasInitialized() (see below).
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the initialization procedure was started
+ * successfully.
+ *
+ * @note If init() returns BLE_ERROR_NONE, the underlying stack must invoke
+ * the initialization completion callback at some point.
+ *
+ * @note In some cases, initialization is instantaneous (or blocking); if
+ * so, it is acceptable for the stack-specific implementation of init()
+ * to invoke the completion callback directly (within its own
+ * context).
+ *
+ * @note Nearly all BLE APIs would return
+ * BLE_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_INCOMPLETE if used on an instance before the
+ * corresponding transport is initialized.
+ *
+ * @note There are two versions of init(). In addition to the simple
+ * function-pointer, init() can also take an <Object, member> tuple as its
+ * callback target.
+ */
+ ble_error_t init(InitializationCompleteCallback_t initCompleteCallback = NULL) {
+ FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback(initCompleteCallback);
+ return initImplementation(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * An alternate declaration for init(). This one takes an <Object, member> tuple as its
+ * callback target.
+ */
+ template<typename T>
+ ble_error_t init(T *object, void (T::*initCompleteCallback)(InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *context)) {
+ FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback(object, initCompleteCallback);
+ return initImplementation(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return true if initialization has completed for the underlying BLE
+ * transport.
+ *
+ * The application can set up a callback to signal completion of
+ * initialization when using init(). Otherwise, this method can be used to
+ * poll the state of initialization.
+ */
+ bool hasInitialized(void) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Purge the BLE stack of GATT and GAP state. init() must be called
+ * afterwards to re-instate services and GAP state. This API offers a way to
+ * repopulate the GATT database with new services and characteristics.
+ */
+ ble_error_t shutdown(void);
+
+ /**
+ * This call allows the application to get the BLE stack version information.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to a const string representing the version.
+ * Note: The string is owned by BLE_API.
+ */
+ const char *getVersion(void);
+
+ /*
+ * Accessors to GAP. Please refer to Gap.h. All GAP related functionality requires
+ * going through this accessor.
+ */
+ const Gap &gap() const;
+ Gap &gap();
+
+ /*
+ * Accessors to GATT Server. Please refer to GattServer.h. All GATTServer related
+ * functionality requires going through this accessor.
+ */
+ const GattServer& gattServer() const;
+ GattServer& gattServer();
+
+ /*
+ * Accessors to GATT Client. Please refer to GattClient.h. All GATTClient related
+ * functionality requires going through this accessor.
+ */
+ const GattClient& gattClient() const;
+ GattClient& gattClient();
+
+ /*
+ * Accessors to Security Manager. Please refer to SecurityManager.h. All
+ * SecurityManager related functionality requires going through this
+ * accessor.
+ */
+ const SecurityManager& securityManager() const;
+ SecurityManager& securityManager();
+
+ /**
+ * Yield control to the BLE stack or to other tasks waiting for events. This
+ * is a sleep function that will return when there is an application-specific
+ * interrupt, but the MCU might wake up several times before
+ * returning (to service the stack). This is not always interchangeable with
+ * WFE().
+ */
+ void waitForEvent(void);
+
+public:
+ static const InstanceID_t DEFAULT_INSTANCE = 0;
+#ifndef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
+ static const InstanceID_t NUM_INSTANCES = 1;
+#else
+ static const InstanceID_t NUM_INSTANCES = YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT;
+#endif
+
+ /**
+ * Get a reference to the BLE singleton corresponding to a given interface.
+ * There is a static array of BLE singletons.
+ *
+ * @Note: Calling Instance() is preferred over constructing a BLE object
+ * directly, as it returns references to singletons.
+ *
+ * @param[in] id
+ * Instance-ID. This should be less than NUM_INSTANCES
+ * for the returned BLE singleton to be useful.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to a single object.
+ */
+ static BLE &Instance(InstanceID_t id = DEFAULT_INSTANCE);
+
+ /**
+ * Constructor for a handle to a BLE instance (the BLE stack). BLE handles
+ * are thin wrappers around a transport object (that is, ptr. to
+ * BLEInstanceBase).
+ *
+ * It is better to create BLE objects as singletons accessed through the
+ * Instance() method. If multiple BLE handles are constructed for the same
+ * interface (using this constructor), they will share the same underlying
+ * transport object.
+ */
+ BLE(InstanceID_t instanceID = DEFAULT_INSTANCE);
+
+ /**
+ * Fetch the ID of a BLE instance. Typically there would only be the DEFAULT_INSTANCE.
+ */
+ InstanceID_t getInstanceID(void) const {
+ return instanceID;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Deprecation alert!
+ * All of the following are deprecated and may be dropped in a future
+ * release. Documentation should refer to alternative APIs.
+ */
+
+ /* GAP specific APIs. */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Set the BTLE MAC address and type.
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAddress(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAddress(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setAddress(Gap::AddressType_t type, const Gap::Address_t address) {
+ return gap().setAddress(type, address);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Fetch the BTLE MAC address and type.
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getAddress(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getAddress(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t getAddress(Gap::AddressType_t *typeP, Gap::Address_t address) {
+ return gap().getAddress(typeP, address);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the GAP advertising mode to use for this device.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingType(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingType(...).
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingType(GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType advType) {
+ gap().setAdvertisingType(advType);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Advertising interval in units of milliseconds. Advertising
+ * is disabled if interval is 0. If interval is smaller than
+ * the minimum supported value, then the minimum supported
+ * value is used instead. This minimum value can be discovered
+ * using getMinAdvertisingInterval().
+ *
+ * This field must be set to 0 if connectionMode is equal
+ * to ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED.
+ *
+ * @note: Decreasing this value allows central devices to detect a
+ * peripheral faster, at the expense of more power being used by the radio
+ * due to the higher data transmit rate.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingInterval(...).
+ *
+ * @note: [WARNING] This API previously used 0.625ms as the unit for its
+ * 'interval' argument. That required an explicit conversion from
+ * milliseconds using Gap::MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(). This conversion is
+ * no longer required as the new units are milliseconds. Any application
+ * code depending on the old semantics needs to be updated accordingly.
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingInterval(uint16_t interval) {
+ gap().setAdvertisingInterval(interval);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getMinAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getMinAdvertisingInterval(...).
+ */
+ uint16_t getMinAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return gap().getMinAdvertisingInterval();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds for non-connectible mode.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(...).
+ */
+ uint16_t getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return gap().getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Maximum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getMaxAdvertisingInterval(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getMaxAdvertisingInterval(...).
+ */
+ uint16_t getMaxAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return gap().getMaxAdvertisingInterval();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Advertising timeout (in seconds) between 0x1 and 0x3FFF (1
+ * and 16383). Use 0 to disable the advertising timeout.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingTimeout(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingTimeout(...).
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
+ gap().setAdvertisingTimeout(timeout);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a particular, user-constructed set of advertisement parameters for
+ * the underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used
+ * directly; there are other APIs to tweak advertisement parameters
+ * individually (see above).
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingParams(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingParams(...).
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingParams(const GapAdvertisingParams &advParams) {
+ gap().setAdvertisingParams(advParams);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Read back advertising parameters. Useful for storing and
+ * restoring parameters rapidly.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getAdvertisingParams(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getAdvertisingParams(...).
+ */
+ const GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) const {
+ return gap().getAdvertisingParams();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param[in] flags
+ * The flags to add. Please refer to
+ * GapAdvertisingData::Flags for valid flags. Multiple
+ * flags may be specified in combination.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(uint8_t flags) {
+ return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(flags);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param[in] app
+ * The appearance of the peripheral.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(appearance) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(appearance).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance app) {
+ return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(app);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param[in] app
+ * The max transmit power to be used by the controller. This
+ * is only a hint.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(txPower) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(txPower).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(int8_t power) {
+ return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(power);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
+ * advertising payload. Please note that the payload is limited to 31 bytes.
+ * The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used as an additional 31 bytes if the
+ * advertising payload is too small.
+ *
+ * @param type The type that describes the variable length data.
+ * @param data Data bytes.
+ * @param len Data length.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.accumulateAdvertisingPayload(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
+ return gap().accumulateAdvertisingPayload(type, data, len);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Setup a particular, user-constructed advertisement payload for the
+ * underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used directly;
+ * there are other APIs to build an advertisement payload (see above).
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingData(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingPayload(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData) {
+ return gap().setAdvertisingPayload(advData);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Read back advertising data. Useful for storing and
+ * restoring payload.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getAdvertisingData(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getAdvertisingPayload()(...).
+ */
+ const GapAdvertisingData &getAdvertisingData(void) const {
+ return gap().getAdvertisingPayload();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Reset any advertising payload prepared from prior calls to
+ * accumulateAdvertisingPayload(). This automatically propagates the re-
+ * initialized advertising payload to the underlying stack.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.clearAdvertisingPayload(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().clearAdvertisingPayload(...).
+ */
+ void clearAdvertisingPayload(void) {
+ gap().clearAdvertisingPayload();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This API is *deprecated* and resolves to a no-operation. It is left here
+ * to allow older code to compile. Please avoid using this API in new code.
+ * This API will be dropped in a future release.
+ *
+ * Formerly, it would be used to dynamically reset the accumulated advertising
+ * payload and scanResponse; to do this, the application would clear and re-
+ * accumulate a new advertising payload (and scanResponse) before using this
+ * API. Updates to the underlying advertisement payload now happen
+ * implicitly.
+ */
+ ble_error_t setAdvertisingPayload(void) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
+ * scanResponse payload.
+ *
+ * @param[in] type The type that describes the variable length data.
+ * @param[in] data Data bytes.
+ * @param[in] len Data length.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.accumulateScanResponse(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().accumulateScanResponse(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateScanResponse(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
+ return gap().accumulateScanResponse(type, data, len);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Reset any scan response prepared from prior calls to
+ * accumulateScanResponse().
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.clearScanResponse(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().clearScanResponse(...).
+ */
+ void clearScanResponse(void) {
+ gap().clearScanResponse();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Start advertising.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.startAdvertising(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().startAdvertising(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t startAdvertising(void) {
+ return gap().startAdvertising();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Stop advertising.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.stopAdvertising(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().stopAdvertising(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void) {
+ return gap().stopAdvertising();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ * @param[in] window
+ * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables timeout.
+ * @param[in] activeScanning
+ * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
+ * scan response from a peer if possible.
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setScanParams(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setScanParams(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanParams(uint16_t interval = GapScanningParams::SCAN_INTERVAL_MAX,
+ uint16_t window = GapScanningParams::SCAN_WINDOW_MAX,
+ uint16_t timeout = 0,
+ bool activeScanning = false) {
+ return gap().setScanParams(interval, window, timeout, activeScanning);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up the scanInterval parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setScanInterval(interval) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setScanInterval(interval).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanInterval(uint16_t interval) {
+ return gap().setScanInterval(interval);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up the scanWindow parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] window
+ * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setScanWindow(window) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setScanWindow(window).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanWindow(uint16_t window) {
+ return gap().setScanWindow(window);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables timeout.
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setScanTimeout(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setScanTimeout(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
+ return gap().setScanTimeout(timeout);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] activeScanning
+ * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
+ * scan response from a peer if possible.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setActiveScan(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setActiveScanning(...).
+ */
+ void setActiveScan(bool activeScanning) {
+ gap().setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Start scanning (Observer Procedure) based on the parameters currently in
+ * effect.
+ *
+ * @param[in] callback
+ * The application-specific callback to be invoked upon
+ * receiving every advertisement report. This can be passed in
+ * as NULL, in which case scanning may not be enabled at all.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.startScan(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().startScan(callback).
+ */
+ ble_error_t startScan(void (*callback)(const Gap::AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
+ return gap().startScan(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Same as above, but this takes an (object, method) pair for a callback.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.startScan(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().startScan(object, callback).
+ */
+ template<typename T>
+ ble_error_t startScan(T *object, void (T::*memberCallback)(const Gap::AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params));
+
+ /**
+ * Stop scanning. The current scanning parameters remain in effect.
+ *
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE if successfully stopped scanning procedure.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.stopScan() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().stopScan().
+ */
+ ble_error_t stopScan(void) {
+ return gap().stopScan();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create a connection (GAP Link Establishment).
+ * @param peerAddr
+ * 48-bit address, LSB format.
+ * @param peerAddrType
+ * Address type of the peer.
+ * @param connectionParams
+ * Connection parameters.
+ * @param scanParams
+ * Paramters to use while scanning for the peer.
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if connection establishment procedure is started
+ * successfully. The onConnection callback (if set) is invoked upon
+ * a connection event.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.connect(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().connect(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t connect(const Gap::Address_t peerAddr,
+ Gap::AddressType_t peerAddrType = Gap::ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC,
+ const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams = NULL,
+ const GapScanningParams *scanParams = NULL) {
+ return gap().connect(peerAddr, peerAddrType, connectionParams, scanParams);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion is
+ * communicated to the application with an invocation of the
+ * onDisconnection callback.
+ *
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle
+ * @param[in] reason
+ * The reason for disconnection; sent back to the peer.
+ */
+ ble_error_t disconnect(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, Gap::DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
+ return gap().disconnect(connectionHandle, reason);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion
+ * is communicated to the application with an invocation of the
+ * onDisconnection callback.
+ *
+ * @param reason
+ * The reason for disconnection; sent back to the peer.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.disconnect(reason) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().disconnect(reason).
+ *
+ * @note: This version of disconnect() doesn't take a connection handle. It
+ * works reliably only for stacks that are limited to a single
+ * connection. This API should be considered *deprecated* in favour of the
+ * alternative, which takes a connection handle. It will be dropped in the future.
+ */
+ ble_error_t disconnect(Gap::DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
+ return gap().disconnect(reason);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current GAP state of the device using a bitmask that
+ * describes whether the device is advertising or connected.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getGapState() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getState().
+ */
+ Gap::GapState_t getGapState(void) const {
+ return gap().getState();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the GAP peripheral's preferred connection parameters. These are the
+ * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
+ * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
+ *
+ * @param[out] params
+ * The structure where the parameters will be stored. Memory
+ * for this is owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the parameters were successfully filled into
+ * the given structure pointed to by params.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getPreferredConnectionParams() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getPreferredConnectionParams().
+ */
+ ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ return gap().getPreferredConnectionParams(params);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the GAP peripheral's preferred connection parameters. These are the
+ * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
+ * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] params
+ * The structure containing the desired parameters.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setPreferredConnectionParams() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setPreferredConnectionParams().
+ */
+ ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ return gap().setPreferredConnectionParams(params);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update connection parameters while in the peripheral role.
+ * @details In the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request to the connected peer and wait for
+ * the central to perform the procedure.
+ * @param[in] handle
+ * Connection Handle
+ * @param[in] params
+ * Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
+ * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.updateConnectionParams() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().updateConnectionParams().
+ */
+ ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Gap::Handle_t handle, const Gap::ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ return gap().updateConnectionParams(handle, params);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[in] deviceName
+ * The new value for the device-name. This is a UTF-8 encoded, <b>NULL-terminated</b> string.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setDeviceName() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setDeviceName().
+ */
+ ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName) {
+ return gap().setDeviceName(deviceName);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the value of the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[out] deviceName
+ * Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 *non NULL-
+ * terminated* string will be placed. Set this
+ * value to NULL in order to obtain the deviceName-length
+ * from the 'length' parameter.
+ *
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * (on input) Length of the buffer pointed to by deviceName;
+ * (on output) the complete device name length (without the
+ * null terminator).
+ *
+ * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * length will return the complete device name length, and not the
+ * number of bytes actually returned in deviceName. The application may
+ * use this information to retry with a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getDeviceName() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getDeviceName().
+ */
+ ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP) {
+ return gap().getDeviceName(deviceName, lengthP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[in] appearance
+ * The new value for the device-appearance.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAppearance() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setAppearance().
+ */
+ ble_error_t setAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance appearance) {
+ return gap().setAppearance(appearance);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[out] appearance
+ * The new value for the device-appearance.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getAppearance() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getAppearance().
+ */
+ ble_error_t getAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance *appearanceP) {
+ return gap().getAppearance(appearanceP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the radio's transmit power.
+ * @param[in] txPower Radio transmit power in dBm.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setTxPower() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().setTxPower().
+ */
+ ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
+ return gap().setTxPower(txPower);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Query the underlying stack for permitted arguments for setTxPower().
+ *
+ * @param[out] valueArrayPP
+ * Out parameter to receive the immutable array of Tx values.
+ * @param[out] countP
+ * Out parameter to receive the array's size.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.getPermittedTxPowerValues() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().getPermittedTxPowerValues().
+ */
+ void getPermittedTxPowerValues(const int8_t **valueArrayPP, size_t *countP) {
+ gap().getPermittedTxPowerValues(valueArrayPP, countP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table. Also add the
+ * characteristics contained within.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.addService() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().addService().
+ */
+ ble_error_t addService(GattService &service) {
+ return gattServer().addService(service);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GattServer.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[out] buffer
+ * A buffer to hold the value being read.
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
+ * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * this variable will return the total attribute value length
+ * (excluding offset). The application may use this
+ * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.readCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().read().
+ */
+ ble_error_t readCharacteristicValue(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
+ return gattServer().read(attributeHandle, buffer, lengthP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GattServer.
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle
+ * Connection Handle.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[out] buffer
+ * A buffer to hold the value being read.
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
+ * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * this variable will return the total attribute value length
+ * (excluding offset). The application may use this
+ * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
+ *
+ * @note This API is a version of the above, with an additional connection handle
+ * parameter to allow fetches for connection-specific multivalued
+ * attributes (such as the CCCDs).
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.readCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().read().
+ */
+ ble_error_t readCharacteristicValue(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
+ return gattServer().read(connectionHandle, attributeHandle, buffer, lengthP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GattServer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[in] value
+ * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
+ * @param[in] size
+ * Size of the new value (in bytes).
+ * @param[in] localOnly
+ * Should this update be kept on the local
+ * GattServer regardless of the state of the
+ * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
+ * characteristic? If set to true, no notification
+ * or indication is generated.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.updateCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().write().
+ */
+ ble_error_t updateCharacteristicValue(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
+ const uint8_t *value,
+ uint16_t size,
+ bool localOnly = false) {
+ return gattServer().write(attributeHandle, value, size, localOnly);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GattServer. A version
+ * of the above, with a connection handle parameter to allow updates
+ * for connection-specific multivalued attributes (such as the CCCDs).
+ *
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle
+ * Connection Handle.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Handle for the value attribute of the Characteristic.
+ * @param[in] value
+ * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
+ * @param[in] size
+ * Size of the new value (in bytes).
+ * @param[in] localOnly
+ * Should this update be kept on the local
+ * GattServer regardless of the state of the
+ * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
+ * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
+ * or indication is generated.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.updateCharacteristicValue() should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().write().
+ */
+ ble_error_t updateCharacteristicValue(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
+ const uint8_t *value,
+ uint16_t size,
+ bool localOnly = false) {
+ return gattServer().write(connectionHandle, attributeHandle, value, size, localOnly);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Enable the BLE stack's Security Manager. The Security Manager implements
+ * the cryptographic algorithms and protocol exchanges that allow two
+ * devices to securely exchange data and privately detect each other.
+ * Calling this API is a prerequisite for encryption and pairing (bonding).
+ *
+ * @param[in] enableBonding Allow for bonding.
+ * @param[in] requireMITM Require protection against man-in-the-middle attacks.
+ * @param[in] iocaps To specify the I/O capabilities of this peripheral,
+ * such as availability of a display or keyboard, to
+ * support out-of-band exchanges of security data.
+ * @param[in] passkey To specify a static passkey.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.initializeSecurity(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().init(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t initializeSecurity(bool enableBonding = true,
+ bool requireMITM = true,
+ SecurityManager::SecurityIOCapabilities_t iocaps = SecurityManager::IO_CAPS_NONE,
+ const SecurityManager::Passkey_t passkey = NULL) {
+ return securityManager().init(enableBonding, requireMITM, iocaps, passkey);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the security status of a connection.
+ *
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle Handle to identify the connection.
+ * @param[out] securityStatusP Security status.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_SUCCESS or appropriate error code indicating the reason of failure.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.getLinkSecurity(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().getLinkSecurity(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t getLinkSecurity(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, SecurityManager::LinkSecurityStatus_t *securityStatusP) {
+ return securityManager().getLinkSecurity(connectionHandle, securityStatusP);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Delete all peer device context and all related bonding information from
+ * the database within the security manager.
+ *
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE On success; else returns an error code indicating the reason for the failure.
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization or
+ * application registration.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.purgeAllBondingState() should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().purgeAllBondingState().
+ */
+ ble_error_t purgeAllBondingState(void) {
+ return securityManager().purgeAllBondingState();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for timeout events. Refer to Gap::TimeoutSource_t for
+ * possible event types.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onTimeout(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().onTimeout(callback).
+ */
+ void onTimeout(Gap::TimeoutEventCallback_t timeoutCallback) {
+ gap().onTimeout(timeoutCallback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for connection events. Refer to Gap::ConnectionEventCallback_t.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onConnection(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().onConnection(callback).
+ */
+ void onConnection(Gap::ConnectionEventCallback_t connectionCallback) {
+ gap().onConnection(connectionCallback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP disconnection.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onDisconnection(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().onDisconnection(callback).
+ */
+ void onDisconnection(Gap::DisconnectionEventCallback_t disconnectionCallback) {
+ gap().onDisconnection(disconnectionCallback);
+ }
+
+ template<typename T>
+ void onDisconnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const Gap::DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {
+ gap().onDisconnection(tptr, mptr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
+ * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack. These notify the application when the
+ * radio is in use. The signal is sent using software interrupt.
+ *
+ * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
+ * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
+ * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
+ * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
+ * devices to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
+ * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the radio event.
+ *
+ * @param callback
+ * The application handler to be invoked in response to a radio
+ * ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onRadioNotification(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gap().onRadioNotification(...).
+ */
+ void onRadioNotification(void (*callback)(bool)) {
+ gap().onRadioNotification(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Add a callback for the GATT event DATA_SENT (which is triggered when
+ * updates are sent out by GATT in the form of notifications).
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataSent callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onDataSent(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onDataSent(...).
+ */
+ void onDataSent(void (*callback)(unsigned count)) {
+ gattServer().onDataSent(callback);
+ }
+ template <typename T> void onDataSent(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(unsigned count)) {
+ gattServer().onDataSent(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when an attribute has its value updated by or at the
+ * connected peer. For a peripheral, this callback is triggered when the local
+ * GATT server has an attribute updated by a write command from the peer.
+ * For a Central, this callback is triggered when a response is received for
+ * a write request.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataWritten callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics. Many services, such as DFU and UART, add their own
+ * onDataWritten callbacks behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onDataWritten(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onDataWritten(...).
+ */
+ void onDataWritten(void (*callback)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *eventDataP)) {
+ gattServer().onDataWritten(callback);
+ }
+ template <typename T> void onDataWritten(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *context)) {
+ gattServer().onDataWritten(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback to be invoked on the peripheral when an attribute is
+ * being read by a remote client.
+ *
+ * @Note: This functionality may not be available on all underlying stacks.
+ * You could use GattCharacteristic::setReadAuthorizationCallback() as an
+ * alternative.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataRead callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics. Services may add their own onDataRead callbacks
+ * behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED if this functionality isn't available;
+ * else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onDataRead(...) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onDataRead(...).
+ */
+ ble_error_t onDataRead(void (*callback)(const GattReadCallbackParams *eventDataP)) {
+ return gattServer().onDataRead(callback);
+ }
+ template <typename T> ble_error_t onDataRead(T * objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattReadCallbackParams *context)) {
+ return gattServer().onDataRead(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are enabled for a
+ * characteristic on the local GattServer.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onUpdatesEnabled(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback).
+ */
+ void onUpdatesEnabled(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
+ gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are disabled for a
+ * characteristic on the local GattServer.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onUpdatesEnabled(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onUpdatesEnabled(callback).
+ */
+ void onUpdatesDisabled(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
+ gattServer().onUpdatesDisabled(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the GATT server receives a response for an
+ * indication event sent previously.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from GattServer directly. A former call
+ * to ble.onConfirmationReceived(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.gattServer().onConfirmationReceived(callback).
+ */
+ void onConfirmationReceived(GattServer::EventCallback_t callback) {
+ gattServer().onConfirmationReceived(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the security setup procedure (key generation
+ * and exchange) for a link has started. This will be skipped for bonded
+ * devices. The callback is passed in parameters received from the peer's
+ * security request: bool allowBonding, bool requireMITM, and
+ * SecurityIOCapabilities_t.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback).
+ */
+ void onSecuritySetupInitiated(SecurityManager::SecuritySetupInitiatedCallback_t callback) {
+ securityManager().onSecuritySetupInitiated(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the security setup procedure (key generation
+ * and exchange) for a link has completed. This will be skipped for bonded
+ * devices. The callback is passed in the success/failure status of the
+ * security setup procedure.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback).
+ */
+ void onSecuritySetupCompleted(SecurityManager::SecuritySetupCompletedCallback_t callback) {
+ securityManager().onSecuritySetupCompleted(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when a link with the peer is secured. For bonded
+ * devices, subsequent reconnections with a bonded peer will result only in
+ * this callback when the link is secured, and setup procedures will not
+ * occur unless the bonding information is either lost or deleted on either
+ * or both sides. The callback is passed in a SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t according
+ * to the level of security in effect for the secured link.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.onLinkSecured(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().onLinkSecured(callback).
+ */
+ void onLinkSecured(SecurityManager::LinkSecuredCallback_t callback) {
+ securityManager().onLinkSecured(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for successful bonding, meaning that link-specific security
+ * context is stored persistently for a peer device.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.onSecurityContextStored(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().onSecurityContextStored(callback).
+ */
+ void onSecurityContextStored(SecurityManager::HandleSpecificEvent_t callback) {
+ securityManager().onSecurityContextStored(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the passkey needs to be displayed on a
+ * peripheral with DISPLAY capability. This happens when security is
+ * configured to prevent Man-In-The-Middle attacks, and the peers need to exchange
+ * a passkey (or PIN) to authenticate the connection
+ * attempt.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from SecurityManager directly. A former
+ * call to ble.onPasskeyDisplay(callback) should be replaced with
+ * ble.securityManager().onPasskeyDisplay(callback).
+ */
+ void onPasskeyDisplay(SecurityManager::PasskeyDisplayCallback_t callback) {
+ return securityManager().onPasskeyDisplay(callback);
+ }
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Implementation of init() [internal to BLE_API].
+ *
+ * The implementation is separated into a private method because it isn't
+ * suitable to be included in the header.
+ */
+ ble_error_t initImplementation(FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback);
+
+private:
+ BLE(const BLE&);
+ BLE &operator=(const BLE &);
+
+private:
+ InstanceID_t instanceID;
+ BLEInstanceBase *transport; /* The device-specific backend */
+};
+
+typedef BLE BLEDevice; /* DEPRECATED. This type alias is retained for the sake of compatibility with older
+ * code. Will be dropped at some point soon.*/
+
#endif // ifndef __BLE_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/BLEProtocol.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_PROTOCOL_H__
-#define __BLE_PROTOCOL_H__
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <algorithm>
-
-/**
- * A common namespace for types and constants used everywhere in BLE API.
- */
-namespace BLEProtocol {
- /**<
- * A simple container for the enumeration of address-types for Protocol addresses.
- *
- * Adding a struct to encapsulate the contained enumeration prevents
- * polluting the BLEProtocol namespace with the enumerated values. It also
- * allows type-aliases for the enumeration while retaining the enumerated
- * values. i.e. doing:
- * typedef AddressType AliasedType;
- *
- * would allow the use of AliasedType::PUBLIC in code.
- */
- struct AddressType {
- /**< Address-types for Protocol addresses. */
- enum Type {
- PUBLIC = 0,
- RANDOM_STATIC,
- RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE,
- RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE
- };
- };
- typedef AddressType::Type AddressType_t; /**< Alias for AddressType::Type */
-
- static const size_t ADDR_LEN = 6; /**< Length (in octets) of the BLE MAC address. */
- typedef uint8_t AddressBytes_t[ADDR_LEN]; /**< 48-bit address, in LSB format. */
-
- /**
- * BLE address. It contains an address-type (@ref AddressType_t) and bytes (@ref AddressBytes_t).
- */
- struct Address_t {
- AddressType_t type; /**< @ref AddressType_t */
- AddressBytes_t address; /**< @ref AddressBytes_t */
-
- Address_t(AddressType_t typeIn, const AddressBytes_t& addressIn) : type(typeIn) {
- std::copy(addressIn, addressIn + ADDR_LEN, address);
- }
-
- Address_t() : type(), address() {
- }
- };
-};
-
-#endif /* __BLE_PROTOCOL_H__ */
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2015 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_DISCOVERY_H__
-#define __CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_DISCOVERY_H__
-
-#include "FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
-
-class DiscoveredCharacteristic; // forward declaration
-class DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor; // forward declaration
-
-/**
- * @brief Contain all definitions of callbacks and callbacks parameters types
- * related to characteristic descriptor discovery.
- *
- * @details This class act like a namespace for characteristic descriptor discovery
- * types. It act like ServiceDiscovery by providing callbacks and callbacks
- * parameters types related to the characteristic descriptor discovery process but
- * contrary to ServiceDiscovery class, it does not force the porter to use a
- * specific interface for the characteristic descriptor discovery process.
- */
-class CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery {
-public:
- /**
- * @brief Parameter type of CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::DiscoveryCallback_t.
- * @detail Every time a characteristic descriptor has been discovered, the callback
- * registered for the discovery operation through GattClient::discoverCharacteristicDescriptors
- * or DiscoveredCharacteristic::discoverDescriptors will be called with this parameter.
- *
- */
- struct DiscoveryCallbackParams_t {
- /**
- * The characteristic owning the DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor
- */
- const DiscoveredCharacteristic& characteristic;
-
- /**
- * The characteristic descriptor discovered
- */
- const DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor& descriptor;
- };
-
- /**
- * @brief Parameter type of CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t.
- * @details Once a characteristic descriptor discovery process terminate, the termination
- * callback registered for the discovery operation through
- * GattClient::discoverCharacteristicDescriptors or DiscoveredCharacteristic::discoverDescriptors
- * will be called with this parameter.
- */
- struct TerminationCallbackParams_t {
- /**
- * The characteristic for which the descriptors has been discovered
- */
- const DiscoveredCharacteristic& characteristic;
-
- /**
- * status of the discovery operation
- */
- ble_error_t status;
- };
-
- /**
- * @brief Callback type for when a matching characteristic descriptor is found during
- * characteristic descriptor discovery.
- *
- * @param param A pointer to a DiscoveryCallbackParams_t object which will remain
- * valid for the lifetime of the callback. Memory for this object is owned by
- * the BLE_API eventing framework. The application can safely make a persistent
- * shallow-copy of this object in order to work with the service beyond the
- * callback.
- */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DiscoveryCallbackParams_t*> DiscoveryCallback_t;
-
- /**
- * @brief Callback type for when characteristic descriptor discovery terminates.
- *
- * @param param A pointer to a TerminationCallbackParams_t object which will remain
- * valid for the lifetime of the callback. Memory for this object is owned by
- * the BLE_API eventing framework. The application can safely make a persistent
- * shallow-copy of this object in order to work with the service beyond the
- * callback.
- */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const TerminationCallbackParams_t*> TerminationCallback_t;
-};
-
-#endif // ifndef __CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_DISCOVERY_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/DiscoveredCharacteristic.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/DiscoveredCharacteristic.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,329 +1,186 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
-#define __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
-
-#include "UUID.h"
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-#include "GattClient.h"
-#include "CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery.h"
-#include "ble/DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor.h"
-
-/**
- * @brief Representation of a characteristic discovered during a GattClient
- * discovery procedure (see GattClient::launchServiceDiscovery ).
- *
- * @detail Provide detailed informations about a discovered characteristic like:
- * - Its UUID (see #getUUID).
- * - The most important handles of the characteristic definition
- * (see #getDeclHandle, #getValueHandle, #getLastHandle )
- * - Its properties (see #getProperties).
- * This class also provide functions to operate on the characteristic:
- * - Read the characteristic value (see #read)
- * - Writing a characteristic value (see #write or #writeWoResponse)
- * - Discover descriptors inside the characteristic definition. These descriptors
- * extends the characteristic. More information about descriptor usage is
- * available in DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor class.
- */
-class DiscoveredCharacteristic {
-public:
- struct Properties_t {
- uint8_t _broadcast :1; /**< Broadcasting the value permitted. */
- uint8_t _read :1; /**< Reading the value permitted. */
- uint8_t _writeWoResp :1; /**< Writing the value with Write Command permitted. */
- uint8_t _write :1; /**< Writing the value with Write Request permitted. */
- uint8_t _notify :1; /**< Notifications of the value permitted. */
- uint8_t _indicate :1; /**< Indications of the value permitted. */
- uint8_t _authSignedWrite :1; /**< Writing the value with Signed Write Command permitted. */
-
- public:
- bool broadcast(void) const {return _broadcast; }
- bool read(void) const {return _read; }
- bool writeWoResp(void) const {return _writeWoResp; }
- bool write(void) const {return _write; }
- bool notify(void) const {return _notify; }
- bool indicate(void) const {return _indicate; }
- bool authSignedWrite(void) const {return _authSignedWrite;}
-
- /**
- * @brief "Equal to" operator for DiscoveredCharacteristic::Properties_t
- *
- * @param lhs[in] The left hand side of the equality expression
- * @param rhs[in] The right hand side of the equality expression
- *
- * @return true if operands are equals, false otherwise.
- */
- friend bool operator==(Properties_t lhs, Properties_t rhs) {
- return lhs._broadcast == rhs._broadcast &&
- lhs._read == rhs._read &&
- lhs._writeWoResp == rhs._writeWoResp &&
- lhs._write == rhs._write &&
- lhs._notify == rhs._notify &&
- lhs._indicate == rhs._indicate &&
- lhs._authSignedWrite == rhs._authSignedWrite;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief "Not equal to" operator for DiscoveredCharacteristic::Properties_t
- *
- * @param lhs The right hand side of the expression
- * @param rhs The left hand side of the expression
- *
- * @return true if operands are not equals, false otherwise.
- */
- friend bool operator!=(Properties_t lhs, Properties_t rhs) {
- return !(lhs == rhs);
- }
-
- private:
- operator uint8_t() const; /* Disallow implicit conversion into an integer. */
- operator unsigned() const; /* Disallow implicit conversion into an integer. */
- };
-
- /**
- * Initiate (or continue) a read for the value attribute, optionally at a
- * given offset. If the characteristic or descriptor to be read is longer
- * than ATT_MTU - 1, this function must be called multiple times with
- * appropriate offset to read the complete value.
- *
- * @param offset[in] The position - in the characteristic value bytes stream - where
- * the read operation begin.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a read has been initiated, or
- * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
- * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
- * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
- */
- ble_error_t read(uint16_t offset = 0) const;
-
- /**
- * @brief Same as #read(uint16_t) const but allow the user to register a callback
- * which will be fired once the read is done.
- *
- * @param offset[in] The position - in the characteristic value bytes stream - where
- * the read operation begin.
- * @param onRead[in] Continuation of the read operation
- */
- ble_error_t read(uint16_t offset, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& onRead) const;
-
- /**
- * Perform a write without response procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] length
- * The amount of data being written.
- * @param[in] value
- * The bytes being written.
- *
- * @note It is important to note that a write without response will generate
- * an onDataSent() callback when the packet has been transmitted. There
- * will be a BLE-stack specific limit to the number of pending
- * writeWoResponse operations; the user may want to use the onDataSent()
- * callback for flow-control.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE Successfully started the Write procedure, or
- * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
- * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
- * BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM if there are no available buffers left to process the request, or
- * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
- */
- ble_error_t writeWoResponse(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const;
-
- /**
- * Initiate a GATT Characteristic Descriptor Discovery procedure for descriptors within this characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] onDescriptorDiscovered This callback will be called every time a descriptor is discovered
- * @param[in] onTermination This callback will be called when the discovery process is over.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if descriptor discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- ble_error_t discoverDescriptors(const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::DiscoveryCallback_t& onDescriptorDiscovered,
- const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t& onTermination) const;
-
- /**
- * Perform a write procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] length
- * The amount of data being written.
- * @param[in] value
- * The bytes being written.
- *
- * @note It is important to note that a write will generate
- * an onDataWritten() callback when the peer acknowledges the request.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE Successfully started the Write procedure, or
- * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
- * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
- * BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM if there are no available buffers left to process the request, or
- * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
- */
- ble_error_t write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const;
-
- /**
- * Same as #write(uint16_t, const uint8_t *) const but register a callback
- * which will be called once the data has been written.
- *
- * @param[in] length The amount of bytes to write.
- * @param[in] value The bytes to write.
- * @param[in] onRead Continuation callback for the write operation
- */
- ble_error_t write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& onWrite) const;
-
- void setupLongUUID(UUID::LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID, UUID::ByteOrder_t order = UUID::MSB) {
- uuid.setupLong(longUUID, order);
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * @brief Get the UUID of the discovered characteristic
- * @return the UUID of this characteristic
- */
- const UUID& getUUID(void) const {
- return uuid;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Get the properties of this characteristic
- * @return the set of properties of this characteristic
- */
- const Properties_t& getProperties(void) const {
- return props;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Get the declaration handle of this characteristic.
- * @detail The declaration handle is the first handle of a characteristic
- * definition. The value accessible at this handle contains the following
- * informations:
- * - The characteristics properties (see Properties_t). This value can
- * be accessed by using #getProperties .
- * - The characteristic value attribute handle. This field can be accessed
- * by using #getValueHandle .
- * - The characteristic UUID, this value can be accessed by using the
- * function #getUUID .
- * @return the declaration handle of this characteristic.
- */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t getDeclHandle(void) const {
- return declHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the handle used to access the value of this characteristic.
- * @details This handle is the one provided in the characteristic declaration
- * value. Usually, it is equal to #getDeclHandle() + 1. But it is not always
- * the case. Anyway, users are allowed to use #getDeclHandle() + 1 to access
- * the value of a characteristic.
- * @return The handle to access the value of this characteristic.
- */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t getValueHandle(void) const {
- return valueHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the last handle of the characteristic definition.
- * @details A Characteristic definition can contain a lot of handles:
- * - one for the declaration (see #getDeclHandle)
- * - one for the value (see #getValueHandle)
- * - zero of more for the characteristic descriptors.
- * This handle is the last handle of the characteristic definition.
- * @return The last handle of this characteristic definition.
- */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t getLastHandle(void) const {
- return lastHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the GattClient which can operate on this characteristic.
- * @return The GattClient which can operate on this characteristic.
- */
- GattClient* getGattClient() {
- return gattc;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the GattClient which can operate on this characteristic.
- * @return The GattClient which can operate on this characteristic.
- */
- const GattClient* getGattClient() const {
- return gattc;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the connection handle to the GattServer which contain
- * this characteristic.
- * @return the connection handle to the GattServer which contain
- * this characteristic.
- */
- Gap::Handle_t getConnectionHandle() const {
- return connHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief "Equal to" operator for DiscoveredCharacteristic
- *
- * @param lhs[in] The left hand side of the equality expression
- * @param rhs[in] The right hand side of the equality expression
- *
- * @return true if operands are equals, false otherwise.
- */
- friend bool operator==(const DiscoveredCharacteristic& lhs, const DiscoveredCharacteristic& rhs) {
- return lhs.gattc == rhs.gattc &&
- lhs.uuid == rhs.uuid &&
- lhs.props == rhs.props &&
- lhs.declHandle == rhs.declHandle &&
- lhs.valueHandle == rhs.valueHandle &&
- lhs.lastHandle == rhs.lastHandle &&
- lhs.connHandle == rhs.connHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief "Not equal to" operator for DiscoveredCharacteristic
- *
- * @param lhs[in] The right hand side of the expression
- * @param rhs[in] The left hand side of the expression
- *
- * @return true if operands are not equals, false otherwise.
- */
- friend bool operator !=(const DiscoveredCharacteristic& lhs, const DiscoveredCharacteristic& rhs) {
- return !(lhs == rhs);
- }
-
-public:
- DiscoveredCharacteristic() : gattc(NULL),
- uuid(UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(0)),
- props(),
- declHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
- valueHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
- lastHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
- connHandle() {
- /* empty */
- }
-
-protected:
- GattClient *gattc;
-
-protected:
- UUID uuid;
- Properties_t props;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t declHandle;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t valueHandle;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t lastHandle;
-
- Gap::Handle_t connHandle;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
+#define __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
+
+#include "UUID.h"
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+#include "GattClient.h"
+
+/**
+ * Structure for holding information about the service and the characteristics
+ * found during the discovery process.
+ */
+class DiscoveredCharacteristic {
+public:
+ struct Properties_t {
+ uint8_t _broadcast :1; /**< Broadcasting the value permitted. */
+ uint8_t _read :1; /**< Reading the value permitted. */
+ uint8_t _writeWoResp :1; /**< Writing the value with Write Command permitted. */
+ uint8_t _write :1; /**< Writing the value with Write Request permitted. */
+ uint8_t _notify :1; /**< Notications of the value permitted. */
+ uint8_t _indicate :1; /**< Indications of the value permitted. */
+ uint8_t _authSignedWrite :1; /**< Writing the value with Signed Write Command permitted. */
+
+ public:
+ bool broadcast(void) const {return _broadcast; }
+ bool read(void) const {return _read; }
+ bool writeWoResp(void) const {return _writeWoResp; }
+ bool write(void) const {return _write; }
+ bool notify(void) const {return _notify; }
+ bool indicate(void) const {return _indicate; }
+ bool authSignedWrite(void) const {return _authSignedWrite;}
+
+ private:
+ operator uint8_t() const; /* Disallow implicit conversion into an integer. */
+ operator unsigned() const; /* Disallow implicit conversion into an integer. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Structure for holding information about the service and the characteristics
+ * found during the discovery process.
+ */
+ struct DiscoveredDescriptor {
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t handle; /**< Descriptor Handle. */
+ UUID uuid; /**< Descriptor UUID. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Callback type for when a characteristic descriptor is found during descriptor-
+ * discovery. The receiving function is passed in a pointer to a
+ * DiscoveredDescriptor object which will remain valid for the lifetime
+ * of the callback. Memory for this object is owned by the BLE_API eventing
+ * framework. The application can safely make a persistent shallow-copy of
+ * this object in order to work with the characteristic beyond the callback.
+ */
+ typedef void (*DescriptorCallback_t)(const DiscoveredDescriptor *);
+
+ /**
+ * Initiate (or continue) a read for the value attribute, optionally at a
+ * given offset. If the characteristic or descriptor to be read is longer
+ * than ATT_MTU - 1, this function must be called multiple times with
+ * appropriate offset to read the complete value.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a read has been initiated, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
+ * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
+ */
+ ble_error_t read(uint16_t offset = 0) const;
+
+ ble_error_t read(uint16_t offset, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& onRead) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Perform a write without response procedure.
+ *
+ * @param length
+ * The amount of data being written.
+ * @param value
+ * The bytes being written.
+ *
+ * @note It is important to note that a write without response will generate
+ * an onDataSent() callback when the packet has been transmitted. There
+ * will be a BLE-stack specific limit to the number of pending
+ * writeWoResponse operations; the user may want to use the onDataSent()
+ * callback for flow-control.
+ *
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE Successfully started the Write procedure, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
+ * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM if there are no available buffers left to process the request, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
+ */
+ ble_error_t writeWoResponse(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Initiate a GATT Characteristic Descriptor Discovery procedure for descriptors within this characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param callback
+ * @param matchingUUID
+ * Filter for descriptors. Defaults to wildcard which will discover all descriptors.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if descriptor discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
+ */
+ ble_error_t discoverDescriptors(DescriptorCallback_t callback, const UUID &matchingUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Perform a write procedure.
+ *
+ * @param length
+ * The amount of data being written.
+ * @param value
+ * The bytes being written.
+ *
+ * @note It is important to note that a write will generate
+ * an onDataWritten() callback when the peer acknowledges the request.
+ *
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE Successfully started the Write procedure, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if some internal state about the connection is invalid, or
+ * BLE_STACK_BUSY if some client procedure is already in progress, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM if there are no available buffers left to process the request, or
+ * BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED due to the characteristic's properties.
+ */
+ ble_error_t write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const;
+
+ /**
+ * Same as above but register the callback wich will be called once the data has been written
+ */
+ ble_error_t write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& onRead) const;
+
+ void setupLongUUID(UUID::LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID) {
+ uuid.setupLong(longUUID);
+ }
+
+public:
+ const UUID& getUUID(void) const {
+ return uuid;
+ }
+
+ const Properties_t& getProperties(void) const {
+ return props;
+ }
+
+ const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getDeclHandle(void) const {
+ return declHandle;
+ }
+ const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getValueHandle(void) const {
+ return valueHandle;
+ }
+
+public:
+ DiscoveredCharacteristic() : gattc(NULL),
+ uuid(UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(0)),
+ props(),
+ declHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
+ valueHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+protected:
+ GattClient *gattc;
+
+protected:
+ UUID uuid;
+ Properties_t props;
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t declHandle;
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t valueHandle;
+
+ Gap::Handle_t connHandle;
+};
+
#endif /*__DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_H__
-#define __DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_H__
-
-#include "UUID.h"
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-#include "GattClient.h"
-#include "CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery.h"
-
-/**
- * @brief Representation of a descriptor discovered during a GattClient
- * discovery procedure (see GattClient::discoverCharacteristicDescriptors or
- * DiscoveredCharacteristic::discoverDescriptors ).
- *
- * @detail Provide detailed informations about a discovered characteristic descriptor
- * like:
- * - Its UUID (see #getUUID).
- * - Its handle (see #getAttributeHandle)
- * Basic read (see GattClient::read) and write (see GattClient::write) procedure from
- * GattClient can be used access the value of the descriptor.
- *
- * @todo read member function
- * @todo write member function
- * @todo enumeration of standard descriptors
- */
-class DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor {
-
-public:
-
- /**
- * @brief construct a new instance of a DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor
- *
- * @param client The client from where the descriptor has been discovered
- * @param connectionHandle The connection handle on which the descriptor has
- * been discovered
- * @param attributeHandle The handle of the attribute containing this descriptor
- * @param uuid The UUID of the descriptor
- */
- DiscoveredCharacteristicDescriptor(
- GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, const UUID& uuid) :
- _client(client), _connectionHandle(connectionHandle), _uuid(uuid), _gattHandle(attributeHandle) {
-
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the GattClient which can operate on this descriptor.
- * @return The GattClient which can operate on this descriptor.
- */
- GattClient* getGattClient() {
- return _client;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the GattClient which can operate on this descriptor.
- * @return The GattClient which can operate on this descriptor.
- */
- const GattClient* getGattClient() const {
- return _client;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the connection handle to the GattServer which contain
- * this descriptor.
- * @return the connection handle to the GattServer which contain
- * this descriptor.
- */
- Gap::Handle_t getConnectionHandle() const {
- return _connectionHandle;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the UUID of this descriptor
- * @return the UUID of this descriptor
- */
- const UUID& getUUID(void) const {
- return _uuid;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Return the attribute handle to use to access to this descriptor
- * on the gatt server.
- * @return The attribute handle of the descriptor
- */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t getAttributeHandle() const {
- return _gattHandle;
- }
-
-private:
- GattClient *_client;
- Gap::Handle_t _connectionHandle;
- UUID _uuid;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t _gattHandle;
-};
-
-#endif /*__DISCOVERED_CHARACTERISTIC_DESCRIPTOR_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/DiscoveredService.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/DiscoveredService.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __DISCOVERED_SERVICE_H__
-#define __DISCOVERED_SERVICE_H__
-
-#include "UUID.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-
-/**@brief Type for holding information about the service and the characteristics found during
- * the discovery process.
- */
-class DiscoveredService {
-public:
- void setup(UUID uuidIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandleIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandleIn) {
- uuid = uuidIn;
- startHandle = startHandleIn;
- endHandle = endHandleIn;
- }
-
- void setup(GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandleIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandleIn) {
- startHandle = startHandleIn;
- endHandle = endHandleIn;
- }
-
- void setupLongUUID(UUID::LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID, UUID::ByteOrder_t order = UUID::MSB) {
- uuid.setupLong(longUUID, order);
- }
-
-public:
- const UUID &getUUID(void) const {
- return uuid;
- }
-
- const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getStartHandle(void) const {
- return startHandle;
- }
- const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getEndHandle(void) const {
- return endHandle;
- }
-
-public:
- DiscoveredService() : uuid(UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(0)),
- startHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
- endHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE) {
- /* empty */
- }
-
-private:
- DiscoveredService(const DiscoveredService &);
-
-private:
- UUID uuid; /**< UUID of the service. */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandle; /**< Service Handle Range. */
- GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandle; /**< Service Handle Range. */
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DISCOVERED_SERVICE_H__
+#define __DISCOVERED_SERVICE_H__
+
+#include "UUID.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+
+/**@brief Type for holding information about the service and the characteristics found during
+ * the discovery process.
+ */
+class DiscoveredService {
+public:
+ void setup(UUID uuidIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandleIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandleIn) {
+ uuid = uuidIn;
+ startHandle = startHandleIn;
+ endHandle = endHandleIn;
+ }
+
+ void setup(GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandleIn, GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandleIn) {
+ startHandle = startHandleIn;
+ endHandle = endHandleIn;
+ }
+
+ void setupLongUUID(UUID::LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID) {
+ uuid.setupLong(longUUID);
+ }
+
+public:
+ const UUID &getUUID(void) const {
+ return uuid;
+ }
+
+ const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getStartHandle(void) const {
+ return startHandle;
+ }
+ const GattAttribute::Handle_t& getEndHandle(void) const {
+ return endHandle;
+ }
+
+public:
+ DiscoveredService() : uuid(UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(0)),
+ startHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE),
+ endHandle(GattAttribute::INVALID_HANDLE) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+private:
+ DiscoveredService(const DiscoveredService &);
+
+private:
+ UUID uuid; /**< UUID of the service. */
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandle; /**< Service Handle Range. */
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandle; /**< Service Handle Range. */
+};
+
#endif /*__DISCOVERED_SERVICE_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/Gap.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/Gap.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,1400 +1,1070 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GAP_H__
-#define __GAP_H__
-
-#include "ble/BLEProtocol.h"
-#include "GapAdvertisingData.h"
-#include "GapAdvertisingParams.h"
-#include "GapScanningParams.h"
-#include "GapEvents.h"
-#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
-#include "FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
-#include "deprecate.h"
-
-/* Forward declarations for classes that will only be used for pointers or references in the following. */
-class GapAdvertisingParams;
-class GapScanningParams;
-class GapAdvertisingData;
-
-class Gap {
- /*
- * DEPRECATION ALERT: all of the APIs in this `public` block are deprecated.
- * They have been relocated to the class BLEProtocol.
- */
-public:
- /**
- * Address-type for BLEProtocol addresses.
- *
- * @note: deprecated. Use BLEProtocol::AddressType_t instead.
- */
- typedef BLEProtocol::AddressType_t AddressType_t;
-
- /**
- * Address-type for BLEProtocol addresses.
- * @note: deprecated. Use BLEProtocol::AddressType_t instead.
- */
- typedef BLEProtocol::AddressType_t addr_type_t;
-
- /**
- * Address-type for BLEProtocol addresses.
- * \deprecated: Use BLEProtocol::AddressType_t instead.
- *
- * DEPRECATION ALERT: The following constants have been left in their
- * deprecated state to transparenly support existing applications which may
- * have used Gap::ADDR_TYPE_*.
- */
- enum DeprecatedAddressType_t {
- ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC = BLEProtocol::AddressType::PUBLIC,
- ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC = BLEProtocol::AddressType::RANDOM_STATIC,
- ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE = BLEProtocol::AddressType::RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE,
- ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE = BLEProtocol::AddressType::RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE
- };
-
- static const unsigned ADDR_LEN = BLEProtocol::ADDR_LEN; /**< Length (in octets) of the BLE MAC address. */
- typedef BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t Address_t; /**< 48-bit address, LSB format. @Note: Deprecated. Use BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t instead. */
- typedef BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t address_t; /**< 48-bit address, LSB format. @Note: Deprecated. Use BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t instead. */
-
-public:
- enum TimeoutSource_t {
- TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISING = 0x00, /**< Advertising timeout. */
- TIMEOUT_SRC_SECURITY_REQUEST = 0x01, /**< Security request timeout. */
- TIMEOUT_SRC_SCAN = 0x02, /**< Scanning timeout. */
- TIMEOUT_SRC_CONN = 0x03, /**< Connection timeout. */
- };
-
- /**
- * Enumeration for disconnection reasons. The values for these reasons are
- * derived from Nordic's implementation, but the reasons are meant to be
- * independent of the transport. If you are returned a reason that is not
- * covered by this enumeration, please refer to the underlying
- * transport library.
- */
- enum DisconnectionReason_t {
- CONNECTION_TIMEOUT = 0x08,
- REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION = 0x13,
- REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_LOW_RESOURCES = 0x14, /**< Remote device terminated connection due to low resources.*/
- REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_POWER_OFF = 0x15, /**< Remote device terminated connection due to power off. */
- LOCAL_HOST_TERMINATED_CONNECTION = 0x16,
- CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE = 0x3B,
- };
-
- /**
- * Enumeration for whitelist advertising policy filter modes. The possible
- * filter modes were obtained from the Bluetooth Core Specification
- * 4.2 (Vol. 6), Part B, Section 4.3.2.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- enum AdvertisingPolicyMode_t {
- ADV_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST = 0,
- ADV_POLICY_FILTER_SCAN_REQS = 1,
- ADV_POLICY_FILTER_CONN_REQS = 2,
- ADV_POLICY_FILTER_ALL_REQS = 3,
- };
-
- /**
- * Enumeration for whitelist scanning policy filter modes. The possible
- * filter modes were obtained from the Bluetooth Core Specification
- * 4.2 (Vol. 6), Part B, Section 4.3.3.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- enum ScanningPolicyMode_t {
- SCAN_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST = 0,
- SCAN_POLICY_FILTER_ALL_ADV = 1,
- };
-
- /**
- * Enumeration for the whitelist initiator policy fiter modes. The possible
- * filter modes were obtained from the Bluetooth Core Specification
- * 4.2 (vol. 6), Part B, Section 4.4.4.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- enum InitiatorPolicyMode_t {
- INIT_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST = 0,
- INIT_POLICY_FILTER_ALL_ADV = 1,
- };
-
- /**
- * Representation of a Bluetooth Low Enery Whitelist containing addresses.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- struct Whitelist_t {
- BLEProtocol::Address_t *addresses;
- uint8_t size;
- uint8_t capacity;
- };
-
-
- /* Describes the current state of the device (more than one bit can be set). */
- struct GapState_t {
- unsigned advertising : 1; /**< Peripheral is currently advertising. */
- unsigned connected : 1; /**< Peripheral is connected to a central. */
- };
-
- typedef uint16_t Handle_t; /* Type for connection handle. */
-
- typedef struct {
- uint16_t minConnectionInterval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t maxConnectionInterval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t slaveLatency; /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t connectionSupervisionTimeout; /**< Connection Supervision Timeout in 10 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- } ConnectionParams_t;
-
- enum Role_t {
- PERIPHERAL = 0x1, /**< Peripheral Role. */
- CENTRAL = 0x2, /**< Central Role. */
- };
-
- struct AdvertisementCallbackParams_t {
- BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr;
- int8_t rssi;
- bool isScanResponse;
- GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t type;
- uint8_t advertisingDataLen;
- const uint8_t *advertisingData;
- };
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *> AdvertisementReportCallback_t;
-
- struct ConnectionCallbackParams_t {
- Handle_t handle;
- Role_t role;
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrType;
- BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr;
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t ownAddrType;
- BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t ownAddr;
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams;
-
- ConnectionCallbackParams_t(Handle_t handleIn,
- Role_t roleIn,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrTypeIn,
- const uint8_t *peerAddrIn,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t ownAddrTypeIn,
- const uint8_t *ownAddrIn,
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParamsIn) :
- handle(handleIn),
- role(roleIn),
- peerAddrType(peerAddrTypeIn),
- peerAddr(),
- ownAddrType(ownAddrTypeIn),
- ownAddr(),
- connectionParams(connectionParamsIn) {
- memcpy(peerAddr, peerAddrIn, ADDR_LEN);
- memcpy(ownAddr, ownAddrIn, ADDR_LEN);
- }
- };
-
- struct DisconnectionCallbackParams_t {
- Handle_t handle;
- DisconnectionReason_t reason;
-
- DisconnectionCallbackParams_t(Handle_t handleIn,
- DisconnectionReason_t reasonIn) :
- handle(handleIn),
- reason(reasonIn)
- {}
- };
-
- static const uint16_t UNIT_1_25_MS = 1250; /**< Number of microseconds in 1.25 milliseconds. */
- static uint16_t MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(uint32_t durationInMillis) {
- return (durationInMillis * 1000) / UNIT_1_25_MS;
- }
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<TimeoutSource_t> TimeoutEventCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<TimeoutSource_t> TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const ConnectionCallbackParams_t *> ConnectionEventCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const ConnectionCallbackParams_t *> ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*> DisconnectionEventCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*> DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<bool> RadioNotificationEventCallback_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const Gap *> GapShutdownCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const Gap *> GapShutdownCallbackChain_t;
-
- /*
- * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
- */
-public:
- /**
- * Set the BTLE MAC address and type. Please note that the address format is
- * least significant byte first (LSB). Please refer to BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setAddress(BLEProtocol::AddressType_t type, const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t address) {
- /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
- (void)type;
- (void)address;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Fetch the BTLE MAC address and type.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getAddress(BLEProtocol::AddressType_t *typeP, BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t address) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)typeP;
- (void)address;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds for connectable
- * undirected and connectable directed event types.
- */
- virtual uint16_t getMinAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds for scannable
- * undirected and non-connectable undirected event types.
- */
- virtual uint16_t getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Maximum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
- */
- virtual uint16_t getMaxAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
- return 0xFFFF; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- virtual ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Stop scanning. The current scanning parameters remain in effect.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE if successfully stopped scanning procedure.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t stopScan() {
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Create a connection (GAP Link Establishment).
- *
- * @param peerAddr
- * 48-bit address, LSB format.
- * @param peerAddrType
- * Address type of the peer.
- * @param connectionParams
- * Connection parameters.
- * @param scanParams
- * Paramters to be used while scanning for the peer.
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if connection establishment procedure is started
- * successfully. The connectionCallChain (if set) will be invoked upon
- * a connection event.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t connect(const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrType,
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams,
- const GapScanningParams *scanParams) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)peerAddr;
- (void)peerAddrType;
- (void)connectionParams;
- (void)scanParams;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Create a connection (GAP Link Establishment).
- *
- * \deprecated: This funtion overloads Gap::connect(const BLEProtocol::Address_t peerAddr,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrType,
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams,
- const GapScanningParams *scanParams)
- * to maintain backward compatibility for change from Gap::AddressType_t to BLEProtocol::AddressType_t
- */
- ble_error_t connect(const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr,
- DeprecatedAddressType_t peerAddrType,
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams,
- const GapScanningParams *scanParams)
- __deprecated_message("Gap::DeprecatedAddressType_t is deprecated, use BLEProtocol::AddressType_t instead") {
- return connect(peerAddr, (BLEProtocol::AddressType_t) peerAddrType, connectionParams, scanParams);
- }
-
- /**
- * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will
- * be communicated to the application with an invocation of the
- * disconnectionCallback.
- *
- * @param reason
- * The reason for disconnection; to be sent back to the peer.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t disconnect(Handle_t connectionHandle, DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
- /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)reason;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will
- * be communicated to the application with an invocation of the
- * disconnectionCallback.
- *
- * @param reason
- * The reason for disconnection; to be sent back to the peer.
- *
- * @note: This version of disconnect() doesn't take a connection handle. It
- * works reliably only for stacks that are limited to a single
- * connection. This API should be considered *deprecated* in favour of the
- * alternative, which takes a connection handle. It will be dropped in the future.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t disconnect(DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)reason;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the GAP peripheral preferred connection parameters. These are the
- * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
- * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
- *
- * @param[out] params
- * The structure where the parameters will be stored. Memory
- * for this is owned by the caller.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the parameters were successfully filled into
- * the given structure pointed to by params.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)params;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the GAP peripheral preferred connection parameters. These are the
- * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
- * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
- *
- * @param[in] params
- * The structure containing the desired parameters.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)params;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Update connection parameters.
- * In the central role this will initiate a Link Layer connection parameter update procedure.
- * In the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request and wait for
- * the central to perform the procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] handle
- * Connection Handle.
- * @param[in] params
- * Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
- * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *params) {
- /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
- (void)handle;
- (void)params;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[in] deviceName
- * The new value for the device-name. This is a UTF-8 encoded, <b>NULL-terminated</b> string.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)deviceName;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the value of the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[out] deviceName
- * Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 *non NULL-
- * terminated* string will be placed. Set this
- * value to NULL in order to obtain the deviceName-length
- * from the 'length' parameter.
- *
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * (on input) Length of the buffer pointed to by deviceName;
- * (on output) the complete device name length (without the
- * null terminator).
- *
- * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * length will return the complete device name length, and not the
- * number of bytes actually returned in deviceName. The application may
- * use this information to retry with a suitable buffer size.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP) {
- /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
- (void)deviceName;
- (void)lengthP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[in] appearance
- * The new value for the device-appearance.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance appearance) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)appearance;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
- * @param[out] appearance
- * The new value for the device-appearance.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance *appearanceP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)appearanceP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the radio's transmit power.
- * @param[in] txPower Radio transmit power in dBm.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)txPower;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Query the underlying stack for permitted arguments for setTxPower().
- *
- * @param[out] valueArrayPP
- * Out parameter to receive the immutable array of Tx values.
- * @param[out] countP
- * Out parameter to receive the array's size.
- */
- virtual void getPermittedTxPowerValues(const int8_t **valueArrayPP, size_t *countP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)valueArrayPP;
- (void)countP;
-
- *countP = 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Maximum size of the whitelist.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual uint8_t getMaxWhitelistSize(void) const
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the internal whitelist to be used by the Link Layer when scanning,
- * advertising or initiating a connection depending on the filter policies.
- *
- * @param[in/out] whitelist
- * (on input) whitelist.capacity contains the maximum number
- * of addresses to be returned.
- * (on output) The populated whitelist with copies of the
- * addresses in the implementation's whitelist.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the implementation's whitelist was successfully
- * copied into the supplied reference.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getWhitelist(Whitelist_t &whitelist) const
- {
- (void) whitelist;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the internal whitelist to be used by the Link Layer when scanning,
- * advertising or initiating a connection depending on the filter policies.
- *
- * @param[in] whitelist
- * A reference to a whitelist containing the addresses to
- * be added to the internal whitelist.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the implementation's whitelist was successfully
- * populated with the addresses in the given whitelist.
- *
- * @note The whitelist must not contain addresses of type @ref
- * BLEProtocol::AddressType_t::RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE, this
- * this will result in a @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM since the
- * remote peer might change its private address at any time and it
- * is not possible to resolve it.
- * @note If the input whitelist is larger than @ref getMaxWhitelistSize()
- * the @ref BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE is returned.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setWhitelist(const Whitelist_t &whitelist)
- {
- (void) whitelist;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the advertising policy filter mode to be used in the next call
- * to startAdvertising().
- *
- * @param[in] mode
- * The new advertising policy filter mode.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the specified policy filter mode was set
- * successfully.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setAdvertisingPolicyMode(AdvertisingPolicyMode_t mode)
- {
- (void) mode;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the scan policy filter mode to be used in the next call
- * to startScan().
- *
- * @param[in] mode
- * The new scan policy filter mode.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the specified policy filter mode was set
- * successfully.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setScanningPolicyMode(ScanningPolicyMode_t mode)
- {
- (void) mode;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the initiator policy filter mode to be used.
- *
- * @param[in] mode
- * The new initiator policy filter mode.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the specified policy filter mode was set
- * successfully.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setInitiatorPolicyMode(InitiatorPolicyMode_t mode)
- {
- (void) mode;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the advertising policy filter mode that will be used in the next
- * call to startAdvertising().
- *
- * @return The set advertising policy filter mode.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual AdvertisingPolicyMode_t getAdvertisingPolicyMode(void) const
- {
- return ADV_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST;
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the scan policy filter mode that will be used in the next
- * call to startScan().
- *
- * @return The set scan policy filter mode.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ScanningPolicyMode_t getScanningPolicyMode(void) const
- {
- return SCAN_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST;
- }
-
- /**
- * Get the initiator policy filter mode that will be used.
- *
- * @return The set scan policy filter mode.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual InitiatorPolicyMode_t getInitiatorPolicyMode(void) const
- {
- return INIT_POLICY_IGNORE_WHITELIST;
- }
-
-
-protected:
- /* Override the following in the underlying adaptation layer to provide the functionality of scanning. */
- virtual ble_error_t startRadioScan(const GapScanningParams &scanningParams) {
- (void)scanningParams;
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /*
- * APIs with non-virtual implementations.
- */
-public:
- /**
- * Returns the current GAP state of the device using a bitmask that
- * describes whether the device is advertising or connected.
- */
- GapState_t getState(void) const {
- return state;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the GAP advertising mode to use for this device.
- */
- void setAdvertisingType(GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t advType) {
- _advParams.setAdvertisingType(advType);
- }
-
- /**
- * @param[in] interval
- * Advertising interval in units of milliseconds. Advertising
- * is disabled if interval is 0. If interval is smaller than
- * the minimum supported value, then the minimum supported
- * value is used instead. This minimum value can be discovered
- * using getMinAdvertisingInterval().
- *
- * This field must be set to 0 if connectionMode is equal
- * to ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED.
- *
- * @note: Decreasing this value will allow central devices to detect a
- * peripheral faster, at the expense of more power being used by the radio
- * due to the higher data transmit rate.
- *
- * @Note: [WARNING] This API previously used 0.625ms as the unit for its
- * 'interval' argument. That required an explicit conversion from
- * milliseconds using Gap::MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(). This conversion is
- * no longer required as the new units are milliseconds. Any application
- * code depending on the old semantics needs to be updated accordingly.
- */
- void setAdvertisingInterval(uint16_t interval) {
- if (interval == 0) {
- stopAdvertising();
- } else if (interval < getMinAdvertisingInterval()) {
- interval = getMinAdvertisingInterval();
- }
- _advParams.setInterval(interval);
- }
-
- /**
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Advertising timeout (in seconds) between 0x1 and 0x3FFF (1
- * and 16383). Use 0 to disable the advertising timeout.
- */
- void setAdvertisingTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
- _advParams.setTimeout(timeout);
- }
-
- /**
- * Start advertising.
- */
- ble_error_t startAdvertising(void) {
- setAdvertisingData(); /* Update the underlying stack. */
- return startAdvertising(_advParams);
- }
-
- /**
- * Reset any advertising payload prepared from prior calls to
- * accumulateAdvertisingPayload(). This automatically propagates the re-
- * initialized advertising payload to the underlying stack.
- */
- void clearAdvertisingPayload(void) {
- _advPayload.clear();
- setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param[in] flags
- * The flags to be added. Please refer to
- * GapAdvertisingData::Flags for valid flags. Multiple
- * flags may be specified in combination.
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(uint8_t flags) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _advPayload.addFlags(flags)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param app
- * The appearance of the peripheral.
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance app) {
- setAppearance(app);
-
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _advPayload.addAppearance(app)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
- * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
- * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
- * small.
- *
- * @param power
- * The max transmit power to be used by the controller (in dBm).
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(int8_t power) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _advPayload.addTxPower(power)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
- * advertising payload. Please note that the payload is limited to 31 bytes.
- * The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used as an additional 31 bytes if the
- * advertising payload is too small.
- *
- * @param type The type describing the variable length data.
- * @param data Data bytes.
- * @param len Length of data.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the advertisement payload was updated based on
- * matching AD type; otherwise, an appropriate error.
- *
- * @note When the specified AD type is INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS or LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS the
- * supplied value is appended to the values previously added to the
- * payload.
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
- if (type == GapAdvertisingData::COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME) {
- setDeviceName(data);
- }
-
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _advPayload.addData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Update a particular ADV field in the advertising payload (based on
- * matching type).
- *
- * @param[in] type The ADV type field describing the variable length data.
- * @param[in] data Data bytes.
- * @param[in] len Length of data.
- *
- * @note: If advertisements are enabled, then the update will take effect immediately.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the advertisement payload was updated based on
- * matching AD type; otherwise, an appropriate error.
- */
- ble_error_t updateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
- if (type == GapAdvertisingData::COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME) {
- setDeviceName(data);
- }
-
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _advPayload.updateData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a particular, user-constructed advertisement payload for the
- * underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used directly;
- * there are other APIs to build an advertisement payload (see above).
- */
- ble_error_t setAdvertisingPayload(const GapAdvertisingData &payload) {
- _advPayload = payload;
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * @return Read back advertising data. Useful for storing and
- * restoring payload.
- */
- const GapAdvertisingData &getAdvertisingPayload(void) const {
- return _advPayload;
- }
-
- /**
- * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
- * scanResponse payload.
- *
- * @param[in] type The type describing the variable length data.
- * @param[in] data Data bytes.
- * @param[in] len Length of data.
- */
- ble_error_t accumulateScanResponse(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _scanResponse.addData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- return setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Reset any scan response prepared from prior calls to
- * accumulateScanResponse().
- *
- * Note: This should be followed by a call to setAdvertisingPayload() or
- * startAdvertising() before the update takes effect.
- */
- void clearScanResponse(void) {
- _scanResponse.clear();
- setAdvertisingData();
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] interval
- * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- * @param[in] window
- * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables the timeout.
- * @param[in] activeScanning
- * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
- * scan response from a peer if possible.
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
- */
- ble_error_t setScanParams(uint16_t interval = GapScanningParams::SCAN_INTERVAL_MAX,
- uint16_t window = GapScanningParams::SCAN_WINDOW_MAX,
- uint16_t timeout = 0,
- bool activeScanning = false) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if (((rc = _scanningParams.setInterval(interval)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) &&
- ((rc = _scanningParams.setWindow(window)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) &&
- ((rc = _scanningParams.setTimeout(timeout)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE)) {
- _scanningParams.setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- return rc;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up the scanInterval parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] interval
- * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- */
- ble_error_t setScanInterval(uint16_t interval) {
- return _scanningParams.setInterval(interval);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up the scanWindow parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] window
- * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
- *
- * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
- * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
- * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
- * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
- * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
- * interval.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * If scanning is already active, the updated value of scanWindow will be
- * propagated to the underlying BLE stack.
- */
- ble_error_t setScanWindow(uint16_t window) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _scanningParams.setWindow(window)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new setting to the stack. */
- if (scanningActive) {
- return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
- }
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] timeout
- * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables the timeout.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * If scanning is already active, the updated value of scanTimeout will be
- * propagated to the underlying BLE stack.
- */
- ble_error_t setScanTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
- ble_error_t rc;
- if ((rc = _scanningParams.setTimeout(timeout)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return rc;
- }
-
- /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new settings to the stack. */
- if (scanningActive) {
- return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
- }
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
- * @param[in] activeScanning
- * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
- * scan response from a peer if possible.
- *
- * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
- * enabled by using startScan().
- *
- * If scanning is already in progress, then active-scanning will be enabled
- * for the underlying BLE stack.
- */
- ble_error_t setActiveScanning(bool activeScanning) {
- _scanningParams.setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
-
- /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new settings to the stack. */
- if (scanningActive) {
- return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
- }
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * Start scanning (Observer Procedure) based on the parameters currently in
- * effect.
- *
- * @param[in] callback
- * The application-specific callback to be invoked upon
- * receiving every advertisement report. This can be passed in
- * as NULL, in which case scanning may not be enabled at all.
- */
- ble_error_t startScan(void (*callback)(const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
- ble_error_t err = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- if (callback) {
- if ((err = startRadioScan(_scanningParams)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- scanningActive = true;
- onAdvertisementReport.attach(callback);
- }
- }
-
- return err;
- }
-
- /**
- * Same as above, but this takes an (object, method) pair for a callback.
- */
- template<typename T>
- ble_error_t startScan(T *object, void (T::*callbackMember)(const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
- ble_error_t err = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- if (object && callbackMember) {
- if ((err = startRadioScan(_scanningParams)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- scanningActive = true;
- onAdvertisementReport.attach(object, callbackMember);
- }
- }
-
- return err;
- }
-
- /**
- * Initialize radio-notification events to be generated from the stack.
- * This API doesn't need to be called directly.
- *
- * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
- * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack that notify the application when the
- * radio is in use.
- *
- * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
- * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
- * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
- * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
- * devices, to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
- * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the Radio Event.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t initRadioNotification(void) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
-private:
- ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(void) {
- return setAdvertisingData(_advPayload, _scanResponse);
- }
-
-private:
- virtual ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData, const GapAdvertisingData &scanResponse) = 0;
- virtual ble_error_t startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams &) = 0;
-
-public:
- /**
- * Accessors to read back currently active advertising params.
- */
- GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) {
- return _advParams;
- }
- const GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) const {
- return _advParams;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a particular, user-constructed set of advertisement parameters for
- * the underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used
- * directly; there are other APIs to tweak advertisement parameters
- * individually.
- */
- void setAdvertisingParams(const GapAdvertisingParams &newParams) {
- _advParams = newParams;
- }
-
- /* Event callback handlers. */
-public:
- /**
- * Set up a callback for timeout events. Refer to TimeoutSource_t for
- * possible event types.
- * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onTimeout().detach(callback)
- */
- void onTimeout(TimeoutEventCallback_t callback) {
- timeoutCallbackChain.add(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of timeout event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onTimeout().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onTimeout().detach(callback)
- * @return The timeout event callbacks chain
- */
- TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t& onTimeout() {
- return timeoutCallbackChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP connection.
- * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onConnection().detach(callback)
- */
- void onConnection(ConnectionEventCallback_t callback) {connectionCallChain.add(callback);}
-
- template<typename T>
- void onConnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const ConnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {connectionCallChain.add(tptr, mptr);}
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of connection event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onConnection().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onConnection().detach(callback)
- * @return The connection event callbacks chain
- */
- ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t& onConnection() {
- return connectionCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP disconnection.
- * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDisconnection().detach(callback)
- */
- void onDisconnection(DisconnectionEventCallback_t callback) {disconnectionCallChain.add(callback);}
-
- template<typename T>
- void onDisconnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {disconnectionCallChain.add(tptr, mptr);}
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of disconnection event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onDisconnection().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDisconnection().detach(callback)
- * @return The disconnection event callbacks chain
- */
- DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t& onDisconnection() {
- return disconnectionCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set the application callback for radio-notification events.
- *
- * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
- * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack that notify the application when the
- * radio is in use.
- *
- * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
- * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
- * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
- * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
- * devices, to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
- * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the Radio Event.
- *
- * @param callback
- * The application handler to be invoked in response to a radio
- * ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
- *
- * Or in the other version:
- *
- * @param tptr
- * Pointer to the object of a class defining the member callback
- * function (mptr).
- * @param mptr
- * The member callback (within the context of an object) to be
- * invoked in response to a radio ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
- */
- void onRadioNotification(void (*callback)(bool param)) {
- radioNotificationCallback.attach(callback);
- }
- template <typename T>
- void onRadioNotification(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(bool)) {
- radioNotificationCallback.attach(tptr, mptr);
- }
-
- /**
- * Setup a callback to be invoked to notify the user application that the
- * Gap instance is about to shutdown (possibly as a result of a call
- * to BLE::shutdown()).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onShutdown callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to be notified
- * before the Gap instance is shutdown.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- */
- void onShutdown(const GapShutdownCallback_t& callback) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(callback);
- }
- template <typename T>
- void onShutdown(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(void)) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of shutdown event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onShutdown().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- * @return The shutdown event callbacks chain
- */
- GapShutdownCallbackChain_t& onShutdown() {
- return shutdownCallChain;
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * Notify all registered onShutdown callbacks that the Gap instance is
- * about to be shutdown and clear all Gap state of the
- * associated object.
- *
- * This function is meant to be overridden in the platform-specific
- * sub-class. Nevertheless, the sub-class is only expected to reset its
- * state and not the data held in Gap members. This shall be achieved by a
- * call to Gap::reset() from the sub-class' reset() implementation.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- *
- * @note: Currently a call to reset() does not reset the advertising and
- * scan parameters to default values.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void) {
- /* Notify that the instance is about to shutdown */
- shutdownCallChain.call(this);
- shutdownCallChain.clear();
-
- /* Clear Gap state */
- state.advertising = 0;
- state.connected = 0;
-
- /* Clear scanning state */
- scanningActive = false;
-
- /* Clear advertising and scanning data */
- _advPayload.clear();
- _scanResponse.clear();
-
- /* Clear callbacks */
- timeoutCallbackChain.clear();
- connectionCallChain.clear();
- disconnectionCallChain.clear();
- radioNotificationCallback = NULL;
- onAdvertisementReport = NULL;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
-protected:
- Gap() :
- _advParams(),
- _advPayload(),
- _scanningParams(),
- _scanResponse(),
- state(),
- scanningActive(false),
- timeoutCallbackChain(),
- radioNotificationCallback(),
- onAdvertisementReport(),
- connectionCallChain(),
- disconnectionCallChain() {
- _advPayload.clear();
- _scanResponse.clear();
- }
-
- /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
-public:
- void processConnectionEvent(Handle_t handle,
- Role_t role,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t peerAddrType,
- const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr,
- BLEProtocol::AddressType_t ownAddrType,
- const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t ownAddr,
- const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams) {
- state.connected = 1;
- ConnectionCallbackParams_t callbackParams(handle, role, peerAddrType, peerAddr, ownAddrType, ownAddr, connectionParams);
- connectionCallChain.call(&callbackParams);
- }
-
- void processDisconnectionEvent(Handle_t handle, DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
- state.connected = 0;
- DisconnectionCallbackParams_t callbackParams(handle, reason);
- disconnectionCallChain.call(&callbackParams);
- }
-
- void processAdvertisementReport(const BLEProtocol::AddressBytes_t peerAddr,
- int8_t rssi,
- bool isScanResponse,
- GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t type,
- uint8_t advertisingDataLen,
- const uint8_t *advertisingData) {
- AdvertisementCallbackParams_t params;
- memcpy(params.peerAddr, peerAddr, ADDR_LEN);
- params.rssi = rssi;
- params.isScanResponse = isScanResponse;
- params.type = type;
- params.advertisingDataLen = advertisingDataLen;
- params.advertisingData = advertisingData;
- onAdvertisementReport.call(¶ms);
- }
-
- void processTimeoutEvent(TimeoutSource_t source) {
- if (timeoutCallbackChain) {
- timeoutCallbackChain(source);
- }
- }
-
-protected:
- GapAdvertisingParams _advParams;
- GapAdvertisingData _advPayload;
- GapScanningParams _scanningParams;
- GapAdvertisingData _scanResponse;
-
- GapState_t state;
- bool scanningActive;
-
-protected:
- TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t timeoutCallbackChain;
- RadioNotificationEventCallback_t radioNotificationCallback;
- AdvertisementReportCallback_t onAdvertisementReport;
- ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t connectionCallChain;
- DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t disconnectionCallChain;
-
-private:
- GapShutdownCallbackChain_t shutdownCallChain;
-
-private:
- /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
- Gap(const Gap &);
- Gap& operator=(const Gap &);
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GAP_H__
+#define __GAP_H__
+
+#include "GapAdvertisingData.h"
+#include "GapAdvertisingParams.h"
+#include "GapScanningParams.h"
+#include "GapEvents.h"
+#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
+#include "FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
+
+/* Forward declarations for classes that will only be used for pointers or references in the following. */
+class GapAdvertisingParams;
+class GapScanningParams;
+class GapAdvertisingData;
+
+class Gap {
+public:
+ enum AddressType_t {
+ ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC = 0,
+ ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC,
+ ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE,
+ ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE
+ };
+ typedef enum AddressType_t addr_type_t; /* @Note: Deprecated. Use AddressType_t instead. */
+
+ static const unsigned ADDR_LEN = 6;
+ typedef uint8_t Address_t[ADDR_LEN]; /* 48-bit address, LSB format. */
+ typedef Address_t address_t; /* @Note: Deprecated. Use Address_t instead. */
+
+ enum TimeoutSource_t {
+ TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISING = 0x00, /**< Advertising timeout. */
+ TIMEOUT_SRC_SECURITY_REQUEST = 0x01, /**< Security request timeout. */
+ TIMEOUT_SRC_SCAN = 0x02, /**< Scanning timeout. */
+ TIMEOUT_SRC_CONN = 0x03, /**< Connection timeout. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * Enumeration for disconnection reasons. The values for these reasons are
+ * derived from Nordic's implementation, but the reasons are meant to be
+ * independent of the transport. If you are returned a reason that is not
+ * covered by this enumeration, please refer to the underlying
+ * transport library.
+ */
+ enum DisconnectionReason_t {
+ CONNECTION_TIMEOUT = 0x08,
+ REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION = 0x13,
+ REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_LOW_RESOURCES = 0x14, /**< Remote device terminated connection due to low resources.*/
+ REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_POWER_OFF = 0x15, /**< Remote device terminated connection due to power off. */
+ LOCAL_HOST_TERMINATED_CONNECTION = 0x16,
+ CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE = 0x3B,
+ };
+
+ /* Describes the current state of the device (more than one bit can be set). */
+ struct GapState_t {
+ unsigned advertising : 1; /**< Peripheral is currently advertising. */
+ unsigned connected : 1; /**< Peripheral is connected to a central. */
+ };
+
+ typedef uint16_t Handle_t; /* Type for connection handle. */
+
+ typedef struct {
+ uint16_t minConnectionInterval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t maxConnectionInterval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t slaveLatency; /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t connectionSupervisionTimeout; /**< Connection Supervision Timeout in 10 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ } ConnectionParams_t;
+
+ enum Role_t {
+ PERIPHERAL = 0x1, /**< Peripheral Role. */
+ CENTRAL = 0x2, /**< Central Role. */
+ };
+
+ struct AdvertisementCallbackParams_t {
+ Address_t peerAddr;
+ int8_t rssi;
+ bool isScanResponse;
+ GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t type;
+ uint8_t advertisingDataLen;
+ const uint8_t *advertisingData;
+ };
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *> AdvertisementReportCallback_t;
+
+ struct ConnectionCallbackParams_t {
+ Handle_t handle;
+ Role_t role;
+ AddressType_t peerAddrType;
+ Address_t peerAddr;
+ AddressType_t ownAddrType;
+ Address_t ownAddr;
+ const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams;
+
+ ConnectionCallbackParams_t(Handle_t handleIn,
+ Role_t roleIn,
+ AddressType_t peerAddrTypeIn,
+ const uint8_t *peerAddrIn,
+ AddressType_t ownAddrTypeIn,
+ const uint8_t *ownAddrIn,
+ const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParamsIn) :
+ handle(handleIn),
+ role(roleIn),
+ peerAddrType(peerAddrTypeIn),
+ peerAddr(),
+ ownAddrType(ownAddrTypeIn),
+ ownAddr(),
+ connectionParams(connectionParamsIn) {
+ memcpy(peerAddr, peerAddrIn, ADDR_LEN);
+ memcpy(ownAddr, ownAddrIn, ADDR_LEN);
+ }
+ };
+
+ struct DisconnectionCallbackParams_t {
+ Handle_t handle;
+ DisconnectionReason_t reason;
+
+ DisconnectionCallbackParams_t(Handle_t handleIn,
+ DisconnectionReason_t reasonIn) :
+ handle(handleIn),
+ reason(reasonIn)
+ {}
+ };
+
+ static const uint16_t UNIT_1_25_MS = 1250; /**< Number of microseconds in 1.25 milliseconds. */
+ static uint16_t MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(uint32_t durationInMillis) {
+ return (durationInMillis * 1000) / UNIT_1_25_MS;
+ }
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<TimeoutSource_t> TimeoutEventCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<TimeoutSource_t> TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const ConnectionCallbackParams_t *> ConnectionEventCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const ConnectionCallbackParams_t *> ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*> DisconnectionEventCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*> DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<bool> RadioNotificationEventCallback_t;
+
+ /*
+ * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
+ */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Set the BTLE MAC address and type. Please note that the address format is
+ * least significant byte first (LSB). Please refer to Address_t.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t setAddress(AddressType_t type, const Address_t address) {
+ /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
+ (void)type;
+ (void)address;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Fetch the BTLE MAC address and type.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t getAddress(AddressType_t *typeP, Address_t address) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)typeP;
+ (void)address;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
+ */
+ virtual uint16_t getMinAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Minimum Advertising interval in milliseconds for non-connectible mode.
+ */
+ virtual uint16_t getMinNonConnectableAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Maximum Advertising interval in milliseconds.
+ */
+ virtual uint16_t getMaxAdvertisingInterval(void) const {
+ return 0xFFFF; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ virtual ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Stop scanning. The current scanning parameters remain in effect.
+ *
+ * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE if successfully stopped scanning procedure.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t stopScan() {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Create a connection (GAP Link Establishment).
+ *
+ * @param peerAddr
+ * 48-bit address, LSB format.
+ * @param peerAddrType
+ * Address type of the peer.
+ * @param connectionParams
+ * Connection parameters.
+ * @param scanParams
+ * Paramters to be used while scanning for the peer.
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if connection establishment procedure is started
+ * successfully. The connectionCallChain (if set) will be invoked upon
+ * a connection event.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t connect(const Address_t peerAddr,
+ Gap::AddressType_t peerAddrType,
+ const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams,
+ const GapScanningParams *scanParams) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)peerAddr;
+ (void)peerAddrType;
+ (void)connectionParams;
+ (void)scanParams;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will
+ * be communicated to the application with an invocation of the
+ * disconnectionCallback.
+ *
+ * @param reason
+ * The reason for disconnection; to be sent back to the peer.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t disconnect(Handle_t connectionHandle, DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
+ /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)reason;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will
+ * be communicated to the application with an invocation of the
+ * disconnectionCallback.
+ *
+ * @param reason
+ * The reason for disconnection; to be sent back to the peer.
+ *
+ * @note: This version of disconnect() doesn't take a connection handle. It
+ * works reliably only for stacks that are limited to a single
+ * connection. This API should be considered *deprecated* in favour of the
+ * alternative, which takes a connection handle. It will be dropped in the future.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t disconnect(DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)reason;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the GAP peripheral preferred connection parameters. These are the
+ * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
+ * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
+ *
+ * @param[out] params
+ * The structure where the parameters will be stored. Memory
+ * for this is owned by the caller.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the parameters were successfully filled into
+ * the given structure pointed to by params.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)params;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the GAP peripheral preferred connection parameters. These are the
+ * defaults that the peripheral would like to have in a connection. The
+ * choice of the connection parameters is eventually up to the central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] params
+ * The structure containing the desired parameters.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)params;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update connection parameters.
+ * In the central role this will initiate a Link Layer connection parameter update procedure.
+ * In the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request and wait for
+ * the central to perform the procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] handle
+ * Connection Handle.
+ * @param[in] params
+ * Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
+ * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *params) {
+ /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
+ (void)handle;
+ (void)params;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[in] deviceName
+ * The new value for the device-name. This is a UTF-8 encoded, <b>NULL-terminated</b> string.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)deviceName;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the value of the device name characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[out] deviceName
+ * Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 *non NULL-
+ * terminated* string will be placed. Set this
+ * value to NULL in order to obtain the deviceName-length
+ * from the 'length' parameter.
+ *
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * (on input) Length of the buffer pointed to by deviceName;
+ * (on output) the complete device name length (without the
+ * null terminator).
+ *
+ * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * length will return the complete device name length, and not the
+ * number of bytes actually returned in deviceName. The application may
+ * use this information to retry with a suitable buffer size.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP) {
+ /* avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
+ (void)deviceName;
+ (void)lengthP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[in] appearance
+ * The new value for the device-appearance.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t setAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance appearance) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)appearance;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Get the appearance characteristic in the GAP service.
+ * @param[out] appearance
+ * The new value for the device-appearance.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t getAppearance(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance *appearanceP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)appearanceP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the radio's transmit power.
+ * @param[in] txPower Radio transmit power in dBm.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)txPower;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Query the underlying stack for permitted arguments for setTxPower().
+ *
+ * @param[out] valueArrayPP
+ * Out parameter to receive the immutable array of Tx values.
+ * @param[out] countP
+ * Out parameter to receive the array's size.
+ */
+ virtual void getPermittedTxPowerValues(const int8_t **valueArrayPP, size_t *countP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)valueArrayPP;
+ (void)countP;
+
+ *countP = 0; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+protected:
+ /* Override the following in the underlying adaptation layer to provide the functionality of scanning. */
+ virtual ble_error_t startRadioScan(const GapScanningParams &scanningParams) {
+ (void)scanningParams;
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * APIs with non-virtual implementations.
+ */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Returns the current GAP state of the device using a bitmask that
+ * describes whether the device is advertising or connected.
+ */
+ GapState_t getState(void) const {
+ return state;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the GAP advertising mode to use for this device.
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingType(GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t advType) {
+ _advParams.setAdvertisingType(advType);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Advertising interval in units of milliseconds. Advertising
+ * is disabled if interval is 0. If interval is smaller than
+ * the minimum supported value, then the minimum supported
+ * value is used instead. This minimum value can be discovered
+ * using getMinAdvertisingInterval().
+ *
+ * This field must be set to 0 if connectionMode is equal
+ * to ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED.
+ *
+ * @note: Decreasing this value will allow central devices to detect a
+ * peripheral faster, at the expense of more power being used by the radio
+ * due to the higher data transmit rate.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * You should use the parallel API from Gap directly. A former call to
+ * ble.setAdvertisingInterval(...) should now be achieved using
+ * ble.gap().setAdvertisingInterval(...).
+ *
+ * @Note: [WARNING] This API previously used 0.625ms as the unit for its
+ * 'interval' argument. That required an explicit conversion from
+ * milliseconds using Gap::MSEC_TO_GAP_DURATION_UNITS(). This conversion is
+ * no longer required as the new units are milliseconds. Any application
+ * code depending on the old semantics needs to be updated accordingly.
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingInterval(uint16_t interval) {
+ if (interval == 0) {
+ stopAdvertising();
+ } else if (interval < getMinAdvertisingInterval()) {
+ interval = getMinAdvertisingInterval();
+ }
+ _advParams.setInterval(interval);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Advertising timeout (in seconds) between 0x1 and 0x3FFF (1
+ * and 16383). Use 0 to disable the advertising timeout.
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
+ _advParams.setTimeout(timeout);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Start advertising.
+ */
+ ble_error_t startAdvertising(void) {
+ setAdvertisingData(); /* Update the underlying stack. */
+ return startAdvertising(_advParams);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Reset any advertising payload prepared from prior calls to
+ * accumulateAdvertisingPayload(). This automatically propagates the re-
+ * initialized advertising payload to the underlying stack.
+ */
+ void clearAdvertisingPayload(void) {
+ _advPayload.clear();
+ setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param[in] flags
+ * The flags to be added. Please refer to
+ * GapAdvertisingData::Flags for valid flags. Multiple
+ * flags may be specified in combination.
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(uint8_t flags) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _advPayload.addFlags(flags)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param app
+ * The appearance of the peripheral.
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::Appearance app) {
+ setAppearance(app);
+
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _advPayload.addAppearance(app)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate an AD structure in the advertising payload. Please note that
+ * the payload is limited to 31 bytes. The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used
+ * as an additional 31 bytes if the advertising payload is too
+ * small.
+ *
+ * @param power
+ * The max transmit power to be used by the controller (in dBm).
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayloadTxPower(int8_t power) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _advPayload.addTxPower(power)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
+ * advertising payload. Please note that the payload is limited to 31 bytes.
+ * The SCAN_RESPONSE message may be used as an additional 31 bytes if the
+ * advertising payload is too small.
+ *
+ * @param type The type describing the variable length data.
+ * @param data Data bytes.
+ * @param len Length of data.
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
+ if (type == GapAdvertisingData::COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME) {
+ setDeviceName(data);
+ }
+
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _advPayload.addData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update a particular ADV field in the advertising payload (based on
+ * matching type and length). Note: the length of the new data must be the
+ * same as the old one.
+ *
+ * @param[in] type The ADV type field describing the variable length data.
+ * @param[in] data Data bytes.
+ * @param[in] len Length of data.
+ *
+ * @note: If advertisements are enabled, then the update will take effect immediately.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the advertisement payload was updated based on
+ * a <type, len> match; otherwise, an appropriate error.
+ */
+ ble_error_t updateAdvertisingPayload(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
+ if (type == GapAdvertisingData::COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME) {
+ setDeviceName(data);
+ }
+
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _advPayload.updateData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a particular, user-constructed advertisement payload for the
+ * underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used directly;
+ * there are other APIs to build an advertisement payload (see above).
+ */
+ ble_error_t setAdvertisingPayload(const GapAdvertisingData &payload) {
+ _advPayload = payload;
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @return Read back advertising data. Useful for storing and
+ * restoring payload.
+ */
+ const GapAdvertisingData &getAdvertisingPayload(void) const {
+ return _advPayload;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Accumulate a variable length byte-stream as an AD structure in the
+ * scanResponse payload.
+ *
+ * @param[in] type The type describing the variable length data.
+ * @param[in] data Data bytes.
+ * @param[in] len Length of data.
+ */
+ ble_error_t accumulateScanResponse(GapAdvertisingData::DataType type, const uint8_t *data, uint8_t len) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _scanResponse.addData(type, data, len)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ return setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Reset any scan response prepared from prior calls to
+ * accumulateScanResponse().
+ *
+ * Note: This should be followed by a call to setAdvertisingPayload() or
+ * startAdvertising() before the update takes effect.
+ */
+ void clearScanResponse(void) {
+ _scanResponse.clear();
+ setAdvertisingData();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ * @param[in] window
+ * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables the timeout.
+ * @param[in] activeScanning
+ * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
+ * scan response from a peer if possible.
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * @Note: The scan interval and window are recommendations to the BLE stack.
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanParams(uint16_t interval = GapScanningParams::SCAN_INTERVAL_MAX,
+ uint16_t window = GapScanningParams::SCAN_WINDOW_MAX,
+ uint16_t timeout = 0,
+ bool activeScanning = false) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if (((rc = _scanningParams.setInterval(interval)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) &&
+ ((rc = _scanningParams.setWindow(window)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) &&
+ ((rc = _scanningParams.setTimeout(timeout)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE)) {
+ _scanningParams.setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up the scanInterval parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] interval
+ * Scan interval (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanInterval(uint16_t interval) {
+ return _scanningParams.setInterval(interval);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up the scanWindow parameter for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] window
+ * Scan Window (in milliseconds) [valid values lie between 2.5ms and 10.24s].
+ *
+ * The scanning window divided by the interval determines the duty cycle for
+ * scanning. For example, if the interval is 100ms and the window is 10ms,
+ * then the controller will scan for 10 percent of the time. It is possible
+ * to have the interval and window set to the same value. In this case,
+ * scanning is continuous, with a change of scanning frequency once every
+ * interval.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * If scanning is already active, the updated value of scanWindow will be
+ * propagated to the underlying BLE stack.
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanWindow(uint16_t window) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _scanningParams.setWindow(window)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new setting to the stack. */
+ if (scanningActive) {
+ return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] timeout
+ * Scan timeout (in seconds) between 0x0001 and 0xFFFF; 0x0000 disables the timeout.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * If scanning is already active, the updated value of scanTimeout will be
+ * propagated to the underlying BLE stack.
+ */
+ ble_error_t setScanTimeout(uint16_t timeout) {
+ ble_error_t rc;
+ if ((rc = _scanningParams.setTimeout(timeout)) != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new settings to the stack. */
+ if (scanningActive) {
+ return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up parameters for GAP scanning (observer mode).
+ * @param[in] activeScanning
+ * Set to True if active-scanning is required. This is used to fetch the
+ * scan response from a peer if possible.
+ *
+ * Once the scanning parameters have been configured, scanning can be
+ * enabled by using startScan().
+ *
+ * If scanning is already in progress, then active-scanning will be enabled
+ * for the underlying BLE stack.
+ */
+ ble_error_t setActiveScanning(bool activeScanning) {
+ _scanningParams.setActiveScanning(activeScanning);
+
+ /* If scanning is already active, propagate the new settings to the stack. */
+ if (scanningActive) {
+ return startRadioScan(_scanningParams);
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Start scanning (Observer Procedure) based on the parameters currently in
+ * effect.
+ *
+ * @param[in] callback
+ * The application-specific callback to be invoked upon
+ * receiving every advertisement report. This can be passed in
+ * as NULL, in which case scanning may not be enabled at all.
+ */
+ ble_error_t startScan(void (*callback)(const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
+ ble_error_t err = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ if (callback) {
+ if ((err = startRadioScan(_scanningParams)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ scanningActive = true;
+ onAdvertisementReport.attach(callback);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Same as above, but this takes an (object, method) pair for a callback.
+ */
+ template<typename T>
+ ble_error_t startScan(T *object, void (T::*callbackMember)(const AdvertisementCallbackParams_t *params)) {
+ ble_error_t err = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ if (object && callbackMember) {
+ if ((err = startRadioScan(_scanningParams)) == BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ scanningActive = true;
+ onAdvertisementReport.attach(object, callbackMember);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Initialize radio-notification events to be generated from the stack.
+ * This API doesn't need to be called directly.
+ *
+ * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
+ * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack that notify the application when the
+ * radio is in use.
+ *
+ * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
+ * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
+ * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
+ * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
+ * devices, to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
+ * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the Radio Event.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t initRadioNotification(void) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+private:
+ ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(void) {
+ return setAdvertisingData(_advPayload, _scanResponse);
+ }
+
+private:
+ virtual ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData, const GapAdvertisingData &scanResponse) = 0;
+ virtual ble_error_t startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams &) = 0;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Accessors to read back currently active advertising params.
+ */
+ GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) {
+ return _advParams;
+ }
+ const GapAdvertisingParams &getAdvertisingParams(void) const {
+ return _advParams;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a particular, user-constructed set of advertisement parameters for
+ * the underlying stack. It would be uncommon for this API to be used
+ * directly; there are other APIs to tweak advertisement parameters
+ * individually.
+ */
+ void setAdvertisingParams(const GapAdvertisingParams &newParams) {
+ _advParams = newParams;
+ }
+
+ /* Event callback handlers. */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for timeout events. Refer to TimeoutSource_t for
+ * possible event types.
+ * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onTimeout().detach(callback)
+ */
+ void onTimeout(TimeoutEventCallback_t callback) {
+ timeoutCallbackChain.add(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of timeout event callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onTimeout().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onTimeout().detach(callback)
+ * @return The timeout event callbacks chain
+ */
+ TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t& onTimeout() {
+ return timeoutCallbackChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP connection.
+ * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onConnection().detach(callback)
+ */
+ void onConnection(ConnectionEventCallback_t callback) {connectionCallChain.add(callback);}
+
+ template<typename T>
+ void onConnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const ConnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {connectionCallChain.add(tptr, mptr);}
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of connection event callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onConnection().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onConnection().detach(callback)
+ * @return The connection event callbacks chain
+ */
+ ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t& onconnection() {
+ return connectionCallChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Append to a chain of callbacks to be invoked upon GAP disconnection.
+ * @note It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDisconnection().detach(callback)
+ */
+ void onDisconnection(DisconnectionEventCallback_t callback) {disconnectionCallChain.add(callback);}
+
+ template<typename T>
+ void onDisconnection(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(const DisconnectionCallbackParams_t*)) {disconnectionCallChain.add(tptr, mptr);}
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of disconnection event callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onDisconnection().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDisconnection().detach(callback)
+ * @return The disconnection event callbacks chain
+ */
+ DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t& onDisconnection() {
+ return disconnectionCallChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set the application callback for radio-notification events.
+ *
+ * Radio Notification is a feature that enables ACTIVE and INACTIVE
+ * (nACTIVE) signals from the stack that notify the application when the
+ * radio is in use.
+ *
+ * The ACTIVE signal is sent before the radio event starts. The nACTIVE
+ * signal is sent at the end of the radio event. These signals can be used
+ * by the application programmer to synchronize application logic with radio
+ * activity. For example, the ACTIVE signal can be used to shut off external
+ * devices, to manage peak current drawn during periods when the radio is on,
+ * or to trigger sensor data collection for transmission in the Radio Event.
+ *
+ * @param callback
+ * The application handler to be invoked in response to a radio
+ * ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
+ *
+ * Or in the other version:
+ *
+ * @param tptr
+ * Pointer to the object of a class defining the member callback
+ * function (mptr).
+ * @param mptr
+ * The member callback (within the context of an object) to be
+ * invoked in response to a radio ACTIVE/INACTIVE event.
+ */
+ void onRadioNotification(void (*callback)(bool param)) {
+ radioNotificationCallback.attach(callback);
+ }
+ template <typename T>
+ void onRadioNotification(T *tptr, void (T::*mptr)(bool)) {
+ radioNotificationCallback.attach(tptr, mptr);
+ }
+
+protected:
+ Gap() :
+ _advParams(),
+ _advPayload(),
+ _scanningParams(),
+ _scanResponse(),
+ state(),
+ scanningActive(false),
+ timeoutCallbackChain(),
+ radioNotificationCallback(),
+ onAdvertisementReport(),
+ connectionCallChain(),
+ disconnectionCallChain() {
+ _advPayload.clear();
+ _scanResponse.clear();
+ }
+
+ /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
+public:
+ void processConnectionEvent(Handle_t handle,
+ Role_t role,
+ AddressType_t peerAddrType,
+ const Address_t peerAddr,
+ AddressType_t ownAddrType,
+ const Address_t ownAddr,
+ const ConnectionParams_t *connectionParams) {
+ state.connected = 1;
+ ConnectionCallbackParams_t callbackParams(handle, role, peerAddrType, peerAddr, ownAddrType, ownAddr, connectionParams);
+ connectionCallChain.call(&callbackParams);
+ }
+
+ void processDisconnectionEvent(Handle_t handle, DisconnectionReason_t reason) {
+ state.connected = 0;
+ DisconnectionCallbackParams_t callbackParams(handle, reason);
+ disconnectionCallChain.call(&callbackParams);
+ }
+
+ void processAdvertisementReport(const Address_t peerAddr,
+ int8_t rssi,
+ bool isScanResponse,
+ GapAdvertisingParams::AdvertisingType_t type,
+ uint8_t advertisingDataLen,
+ const uint8_t *advertisingData) {
+ AdvertisementCallbackParams_t params;
+ memcpy(params.peerAddr, peerAddr, ADDR_LEN);
+ params.rssi = rssi;
+ params.isScanResponse = isScanResponse;
+ params.type = type;
+ params.advertisingDataLen = advertisingDataLen;
+ params.advertisingData = advertisingData;
+ onAdvertisementReport.call(¶ms);
+ }
+
+ void processTimeoutEvent(TimeoutSource_t source) {
+ if (timeoutCallbackChain) {
+ timeoutCallbackChain(source);
+ }
+ }
+
+protected:
+ GapAdvertisingParams _advParams;
+ GapAdvertisingData _advPayload;
+ GapScanningParams _scanningParams;
+ GapAdvertisingData _scanResponse;
+
+ GapState_t state;
+ bool scanningActive;
+
+protected:
+ TimeoutEventCallbackChain_t timeoutCallbackChain;
+ RadioNotificationEventCallback_t radioNotificationCallback;
+ AdvertisementReportCallback_t onAdvertisementReport;
+ ConnectionEventCallbackChain_t connectionCallChain;
+ DisconnectionEventCallbackChain_t disconnectionCallChain;
+
+private:
+ /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
+ Gap(const Gap &);
+ Gap& operator=(const Gap &);
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GAP_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/GapAdvertisingData.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/GapAdvertisingData.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,498 +1,482 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_H__
-#define __GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "blecommon.h"
-
-#define GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD (31)
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- \brief
- This class provides several helper functions to generate properly
- formatted GAP Advertising and Scan Response data payloads.
-
- \note
- See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Sections 11 and 18
- for further information on Advertising and Scan Response data.
-
- \par Advertising and Scan Response Payloads
- Advertising data and Scan Response data are organized around a set of
- data types called 'AD types' in Bluetooth 4.0 (see the Bluetooth Core
- Specification v4.0, Vol. 3, Part C, Sections 11 and 18).
-
- \par
- Each AD type has its own standardized assigned number, as defined
- by the Bluetooth SIG:
- https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/generic-access-profile
-
- \par
- For convenience, all appropriate AD types are encapsulated
- in GapAdvertisingData::DataType.
-
- \par
- Before the AD Types and their payload (if any) can be inserted into
- the Advertising or Scan Response frames, they need to be formatted as
- follows:
-
- \li \c Record length (1 byte).
- \li \c AD Type (1 byte).
- \li \c AD payload (optional; only present if record length > 1).
-
- \par
- This class takes care of properly formatting the payload, performs
- some basic checks on the payload length, and tries to avoid common
- errors like adding an exclusive AD field twice in the Advertising
- or Scan Response payload.
-
- \par EXAMPLE
-
- \code
-
- // ToDo
-
- \endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-class GapAdvertisingData
-{
-public:
- /**********************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief
- A list of Advertising Data types commonly used by peripherals.
- These AD types are used to describe the capabilities of the
- peripheral, and are inserted inside the advertising or scan
- response payloads.
-
- \par Source
- \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 11, 18
- \li \c https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/generic-access-profile
- */
- /**********************************************************************/
- enum DataType_t {
- FLAGS = 0x01, /**< \ref *Flags */
- INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x02, /**< Incomplete list of 16-bit Service IDs */
- COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x03, /**< Complete list of 16-bit Service IDs */
- INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x04, /**< Incomplete list of 32-bit Service IDs (not relevant for Bluetooth 4.0) */
- COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x05, /**< Complete list of 32-bit Service IDs (not relevant for Bluetooth 4.0) */
- INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x06, /**< Incomplete list of 128-bit Service IDs */
- COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x07, /**< Complete list of 128-bit Service IDs */
- SHORTENED_LOCAL_NAME = 0x08, /**< Shortened Local Name */
- COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME = 0x09, /**< Complete Local Name */
- TX_POWER_LEVEL = 0x0A, /**< TX Power Level (in dBm) */
- DEVICE_ID = 0x10, /**< Device ID */
- SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE = 0x12, /**< Slave Connection Interval Range */
- LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS = 0x15, /**< List of 128 bit service UUIDs the device is looking for */
- SERVICE_DATA = 0x16, /**< Service Data */
- APPEARANCE = 0x19, /**< \ref Appearance */
- ADVERTISING_INTERVAL = 0x1A, /**< Advertising Interval */
- MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA = 0xFF /**< Manufacturer Specific Data */
- };
- typedef enum DataType_t DataType; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
-
- /**********************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief
- A list of values for the FLAGS AD Type.
-
- \note
- You can use more than one value in the FLAGS AD Type (ex.
- LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE and BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED).
-
- \par Source
- \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 18.1
- */
- /**********************************************************************/
- enum Flags_t {
- LE_LIMITED_DISCOVERABLE = 0x01, /**< *Peripheral device is discoverable for a limited period of time. */
- LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE = 0x02, /**< Peripheral device is discoverable at any moment. */
- BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x04, /**< Peripheral device is LE only. */
- SIMULTANEOUS_LE_BREDR_C = 0x08, /**< Not relevant - central mode only. */
- SIMULTANEOUS_LE_BREDR_H = 0x10 /**< Not relevant - central mode only. */
- };
- typedef enum Flags_t Flags; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
-
- /**********************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief
- A list of values for the APPEARANCE AD Type, which describes the
- physical shape or appearance of the device.
-
- \par Source
- \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification Supplement, Part A, Section 1.12
- \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 12.2
- \li \c https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.gap.appearance.xml
- */
- /**********************************************************************/
- enum Appearance_t {
- UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown or unspecified appearance type. */
- GENERIC_PHONE = 64, /**< Generic Phone. */
- GENERIC_COMPUTER = 128, /**< Generic Computer. */
- GENERIC_WATCH = 192, /**< Generic Watch. */
- WATCH_SPORTS_WATCH = 193, /**< Sports Watch. */
- GENERIC_CLOCK = 256, /**< Generic Clock. */
- GENERIC_DISPLAY = 320, /**< Generic Display. */
- GENERIC_REMOTE_CONTROL = 384, /**< Generic Remote Control. */
- GENERIC_EYE_GLASSES = 448, /**< Generic Eye Glasses. */
- GENERIC_TAG = 512, /**< Generic Tag. */
- GENERIC_KEYRING = 576, /**< Generic Keyring. */
- GENERIC_MEDIA_PLAYER = 640, /**< Generic Media Player. */
- GENERIC_BARCODE_SCANNER = 704, /**< Generic Barcode Scanner. */
- GENERIC_THERMOMETER = 768, /**< Generic Thermometer. */
- THERMOMETER_EAR = 769, /**< Ear Thermometer. */
- GENERIC_HEART_RATE_SENSOR = 832, /**< Generic Heart Rate Sensor. */
- HEART_RATE_SENSOR_HEART_RATE_BELT = 833, /**< Belt Heart Rate Sensor. */
- GENERIC_BLOOD_PRESSURE = 896, /**< Generic Blood Pressure. */
- BLOOD_PRESSURE_ARM = 897, /**< Arm Blood Pressure. */
- BLOOD_PRESSURE_WRIST = 898, /**< Wrist Blood Pressure. */
- HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE_HID = 960, /**< Human Interface Device (HID). */
- KEYBOARD = 961, /**< Keyboard. */
- MOUSE = 962, /**< Mouse. */
- JOYSTICK = 963, /**< Joystick. */
- GAMEPAD = 964, /**< Gamepad. */
- DIGITIZER_TABLET = 965, /**< Digitizer Tablet. */
- CARD_READER = 966, /**< Card Reader. */
- DIGITAL_PEN = 967, /**< Digital Pen. */
- BARCODE_SCANNER = 968, /**< Barcode Scanner. */
- GENERIC_GLUCOSE_METER = 1024, /**< Generic Glucose Meter. */
- GENERIC_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR = 1088, /**< Generic Running/Walking Sensor. */
- RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_IN_SHOE = 1089, /**< In Shoe Running/Walking Sensor. */
- RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_SHOE = 1090, /**< On Shoe Running/Walking Sensor. */
- RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_HIP = 1091, /**< On Hip Running/Walking Sensor. */
- GENERIC_CYCLING = 1152, /**< Generic Cycling. */
- CYCLING_CYCLING_COMPUTER = 1153, /**< Cycling Computer. */
- CYCLING_SPEED_SENSOR = 1154, /**< Cycling Speed Sensor. */
- CYCLING_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1155, /**< Cycling Cadence Sensor. */
- CYCLING_POWER_SENSOR = 1156, /**< Cycling Power Sensor. */
- CYCLING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1157, /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Sensor. */
- PULSE_OXIMETER_GENERIC = 3136, /**< Generic Pulse Oximeter. */
- PULSE_OXIMETER_FINGERTIP = 3137, /**< Fingertip Pulse Oximeter. */
- PULSE_OXIMETER_WRIST_WORN = 3138, /**< Wrist Worn Pulse Oximeter. */
- GENERIC_WEIGHT_SCALE = 3200, /**< Generic Weight Scale. */
- OUTDOOR_GENERIC = 5184, /**< Generic Outdoor. */
- OUTDOOR_LOCATION_DISPLAY_DEVICE = 5185, /**< Outdoor Location Display Device. */
- OUTDOOR_LOCATION_AND_NAVIGATION_DISPLAY_DEVICE = 5186, /**< Outdoor Location and Navigation Display Device. */
- OUTDOOR_LOCATION_POD = 5187, /**< Outdoor Location Pod. */
- OUTDOOR_LOCATION_AND_NAVIGATION_POD = 5188 /**< Outdoor Location and Navigation Pod. */
- };
- typedef enum Appearance_t Appearance; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
-
- GapAdvertisingData(void) : _payload(), _payloadLen(0), _appearance(GENERIC_TAG) {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- /**
- * Adds advertising data based on the specified AD type (see DataType).
- * If the supplied AD type is already present in the advertising
- * payload, then the value is updated.
- *
- * @param[in] advDataType The Advertising 'DataType' to add.
- * @param[in] payload Pointer to the payload contents.
- * @param[in] len Size of the payload in bytes.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the new value causes the
- * advertising buffer to overflow. BLE_ERROR_NONE is returned
- * on success.
- *
- * @note When the specified AD type is INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS or LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS the
- * supplied value is appended to the values previously added to the
- * payload.
- */
- ble_error_t addData(DataType_t advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
- {
- // find field
- uint8_t* field = findField(advDataType);
-
- if (field) {
- // Field type already exist, either add to field or replace
- return addField(advDataType, payload, len, field);
- } else {
- // field doesn't exists, insert new
- return appendField(advDataType, payload, len);
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * Update a particular ADV field in the advertising payload (based on
- * matching type).
- *
- * @param[in] advDataType The Advertising 'DataType' to add.
- * @param[in] payload Pointer to the payload contents.
- * @param[in] len Size of the payload in bytes.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED if the specified field is not found,
- * BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the new value causes the
- * advertising buffer to overflow. BLE_ERROR_NONE is returned
- * on success.
- */
- ble_error_t updateData(DataType_t advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
- {
- // find field
- uint8_t* field = findField(advDataType);
-
- if (field) {
- // Field type already exist, replace field contents
- return updateField(advDataType, payload, len, field);
- } else {
- // field doesn't exists, return an error
- return BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED;
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * Helper function to add APPEARANCE data to the advertising payload.
- *
- * @param appearance
- * The APPEARANCE value to add.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
- * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
- */
- ble_error_t addAppearance(Appearance appearance = GENERIC_TAG) {
- _appearance = appearance;
- return addData(GapAdvertisingData::APPEARANCE, (uint8_t *)&appearance, 2);
- }
-
- /**
- * Helper function to add FLAGS data to the advertising payload.
- * @param flags
- * LE_LIMITED_DISCOVERABLE
- * The peripheral is discoverable for a limited period of time.
- * LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE
- * The peripheral is permanently discoverable.
- * BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED
- * This peripheral is a Bluetooth Low Energy only device (no EDR support).
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
- * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
- */
- ble_error_t addFlags(uint8_t flags = LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE) {
- return addData(GapAdvertisingData::FLAGS, &flags, 1);
- }
-
- /**
- * Helper function to add TX_POWER_LEVEL data to the advertising payload.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
- * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
- */
- ble_error_t addTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
- /* To Do: Basic error checking to make sure txPower is in range. */
- return addData(GapAdvertisingData::TX_POWER_LEVEL, (uint8_t *)&txPower, 1);
- }
-
- /**
- * Clears the payload and resets the payload length counter.
- */
- void clear(void) {
- memset(&_payload, 0, GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD);
- _payloadLen = 0;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns a pointer to the current payload.
- */
- const uint8_t *getPayload(void) const {
- return _payload;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns the current payload length (0..31 bytes).
- */
- uint8_t getPayloadLen(void) const {
- return _payloadLen;
- }
-
- /**
- * Returns the 16-bit appearance value for this device.
- */
- uint16_t getAppearance(void) const {
- return (uint16_t)_appearance;
- }
-
- /**
- * Search advertisement data for field.
- * Returns pointer to the first element in the field if found, NULL otherwise.
- * Where the first element is the length of the field.
- */
- const uint8_t* findField(DataType_t type) const {
- return findField(type);
- }
-
-private:
- /**
- * Append advertising data based on the specified AD type (see DataType)
- */
- ble_error_t appendField(DataType advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
- {
- /* Make sure we don't exceed the 31 byte payload limit */
- if (_payloadLen + len + 2 > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
- return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
- }
-
- /* Field length. */
- memset(&_payload[_payloadLen], len + 1, 1);
- _payloadLen++;
-
- /* Field ID. */
- memset(&_payload[_payloadLen], (uint8_t)advDataType, 1);
- _payloadLen++;
-
- /* Payload. */
- memcpy(&_payload[_payloadLen], payload, len);
- _payloadLen += len;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * Search advertisement data for field.
- * Returns pointer to the first element in the field if found, NULL otherwise.
- * Where the first element is the length of the field.
- */
- uint8_t* findField(DataType_t type) {
- // scan through advertisement data
- for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < _payloadLen; ) {
- uint8_t fieldType = _payload[idx + 1];
-
- if (fieldType == type) {
- return &_payload[idx];
- }
-
- // advance to next field
- idx += _payload[idx] + 1;
- }
-
- // field not found
- return NULL;
- }
-
- /**
- * Given the a pointer to a field in the advertising payload it replaces
- * the existing data in the field with the supplied data.
- *
- * When the specified AD type is INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS, INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS,
- * COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS or LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS the
- * supplied value is appended to the values previously added to the
- * payload.
- *
- * Returns BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- ble_error_t addField(DataType_t advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len, uint8_t* field)
- {
- ble_error_t result = BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
-
- switch(advDataType) {
- // These fields will have the new data appended if there is sufficient space
- case INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
- case LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS: {
- // check if data fits
- if ((_payloadLen + len) <= GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
- // make room for new field by moving the remainder of the
- // advertisement payload "to the right" starting after the
- // TYPE field.
- uint8_t* end = &_payload[_payloadLen];
-
- while (&field[1] < end) {
- end[len] = *end;
- end--;
- }
-
- // insert new data
- for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < len; idx++) {
- field[2 + idx] = payload[idx];
- }
-
- // increment lengths
- field[0] += len;
- _payloadLen += len;
-
- result = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- break;
- }
- // These fields will be overwritten with the new value
- default: {
- result = updateField(advDataType, payload, len, field);
-
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return result;
- }
-
- /**
- * Given the a pointer to a field in the advertising payload it replaces
- * the existing data in the field with the supplied data.
- * Returns BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- ble_error_t updateField(DataType_t advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len, uint8_t* field)
- {
- ble_error_t result = BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
- uint8_t dataLength = field[0] - 1;
-
- // new data has same length, do in-order replacement
- if (len == dataLength) {
- for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < dataLength; idx++) {
- field[2 + idx] = payload[idx];
- }
-
- result = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- // check if data fits
- if ((_payloadLen - dataLength + len) <= GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
-
- // remove old field
- while ((field + dataLength + 2) < &_payload[_payloadLen]) {
- *field = field[dataLength + 2];
- field++;
- }
-
- // reduce length
- _payloadLen -= dataLength + 2;
-
- // add new field
- result = appendField(advDataType, payload, len);
- }
- }
-
- return result;
- }
-
- uint8_t _payload[GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD];
- uint8_t _payloadLen;
- uint16_t _appearance;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_H__
+#define __GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "blecommon.h"
+
+#define GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD (31)
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ \brief
+ This class provides several helper functions to generate properly
+ formatted GAP Advertising and Scan Response data payloads.
+
+ \note
+ See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Sections 11 and 18
+ for further information on Advertising and Scan Response data.
+
+ \par Advertising and Scan Response Payloads
+ Advertising data and Scan Response data are organized around a set of
+ data types called 'AD types' in Bluetooth 4.0 (see the Bluetooth Core
+ Specification v4.0, Vol. 3, Part C, Sections 11 and 18).
+
+ \par
+ Each AD type has its own standardized assigned number, as defined
+ by the Bluetooth SIG:
+ https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/generic-access-profile
+
+ \par
+ For convenience, all appropriate AD types are encapsulated
+ in GapAdvertisingData::DataType.
+
+ \par
+ Before the AD Types and their payload (if any) can be inserted into
+ the Advertising or Scan Response frames, they need to be formatted as
+ follows:
+
+ \li \c Record length (1 byte).
+ \li \c AD Type (1 byte).
+ \li \c AD payload (optional; only present if record length > 1).
+
+ \par
+ This class takes care of properly formatting the payload, performs
+ some basic checks on the payload length, and tries to avoid common
+ errors like adding an exclusive AD field twice in the Advertising
+ or Scan Response payload.
+
+ \par EXAMPLE
+
+ \code
+
+ // ToDo
+
+ \endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+class GapAdvertisingData
+{
+public:
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief
+ A list of Advertising Data types commonly used by peripherals.
+ These AD types are used to describe the capabilities of the
+ peripheral, and are inserted inside the advertising or scan
+ response payloads.
+
+ \par Source
+ \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 11, 18
+ \li \c https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/generic-access-profile
+ */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ enum DataType_t {
+ FLAGS = 0x01, /**< \ref *Flags */
+ INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x02, /**< Incomplete list of 16-bit Service IDs */
+ COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x03, /**< Complete list of 16-bit Service IDs */
+ INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x04, /**< Incomplete list of 32-bit Service IDs (not relevant for Bluetooth 4.0) */
+ COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x05, /**< Complete list of 32-bit Service IDs (not relevant for Bluetooth 4.0) */
+ INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x06, /**< Incomplete list of 128-bit Service IDs */
+ COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS = 0x07, /**< Complete list of 128-bit Service IDs */
+ SHORTENED_LOCAL_NAME = 0x08, /**< Shortened Local Name */
+ COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME = 0x09, /**< Complete Local Name */
+ TX_POWER_LEVEL = 0x0A, /**< TX Power Level (in dBm) */
+ DEVICE_ID = 0x10, /**< Device ID */
+ SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE = 0x12, /**< Slave Connection Interval Range */
+ LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS = 0x15, /**< List of 128 bit service UUIDs the device is looking for */
+ SERVICE_DATA = 0x16, /**< Service Data */
+ APPEARANCE = 0x19, /**< \ref Appearance */
+ ADVERTISING_INTERVAL = 0x1A, /**< Advertising Interval */
+ MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA = 0xFF /**< Manufacturer Specific Data */
+ };
+ typedef enum DataType_t DataType; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief
+ A list of values for the FLAGS AD Type.
+
+ \note
+ You can use more than one value in the FLAGS AD Type (ex.
+ LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE and BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED).
+
+ \par Source
+ \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 18.1
+ */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ enum Flags_t {
+ LE_LIMITED_DISCOVERABLE = 0x01, /**< *Peripheral device is discoverable for a limited period of time. */
+ LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE = 0x02, /**< Peripheral device is discoverable at any moment. */
+ BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x04, /**< Peripheral device is LE only. */
+ SIMULTANEOUS_LE_BREDR_C = 0x08, /**< Not relevant - central mode only. */
+ SIMULTANEOUS_LE_BREDR_H = 0x10 /**< Not relevant - central mode only. */
+ };
+ typedef enum Flags_t Flags; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
+
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief
+ A list of values for the APPEARANCE AD Type, which describes the
+ physical shape or appearance of the device.
+
+ \par Source
+ \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification Supplement, Part A, Section 1.12
+ \li \c Bluetooth Core Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part C, Section 12.2
+ \li \c https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.gap.appearance.xml
+ */
+ /**********************************************************************/
+ enum Appearance_t {
+ UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown or unspecified appearance type. */
+ GENERIC_PHONE = 64, /**< Generic Phone. */
+ GENERIC_COMPUTER = 128, /**< Generic Computer. */
+ GENERIC_WATCH = 192, /**< Generic Watch. */
+ WATCH_SPORTS_WATCH = 193, /**< Sports Watch. */
+ GENERIC_CLOCK = 256, /**< Generic Clock. */
+ GENERIC_DISPLAY = 320, /**< Generic Display. */
+ GENERIC_REMOTE_CONTROL = 384, /**< Generic Remote Control. */
+ GENERIC_EYE_GLASSES = 448, /**< Generic Eye Glasses. */
+ GENERIC_TAG = 512, /**< Generic Tag. */
+ GENERIC_KEYRING = 576, /**< Generic Keyring. */
+ GENERIC_MEDIA_PLAYER = 640, /**< Generic Media Player. */
+ GENERIC_BARCODE_SCANNER = 704, /**< Generic Barcode Scanner. */
+ GENERIC_THERMOMETER = 768, /**< Generic Thermometer. */
+ THERMOMETER_EAR = 769, /**< Ear Thermometer. */
+ GENERIC_HEART_RATE_SENSOR = 832, /**< Generic Heart Rate Sensor. */
+ HEART_RATE_SENSOR_HEART_RATE_BELT = 833, /**< Belt Heart Rate Sensor. */
+ GENERIC_BLOOD_PRESSURE = 896, /**< Generic Blood Pressure. */
+ BLOOD_PRESSURE_ARM = 897, /**< Arm Blood Pressure. */
+ BLOOD_PRESSURE_WRIST = 898, /**< Wrist Blood Pressure. */
+ HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE_HID = 960, /**< Human Interface Device (HID). */
+ KEYBOARD = 961, /**< Keyboard. */
+ MOUSE = 962, /**< Mouse. */
+ JOYSTICK = 963, /**< Joystick. */
+ GAMEPAD = 964, /**< Gamepad. */
+ DIGITIZER_TABLET = 965, /**< Digitizer Tablet. */
+ CARD_READER = 966, /**< Card Reader. */
+ DIGITAL_PEN = 967, /**< Digital Pen. */
+ BARCODE_SCANNER = 968, /**< Barcode Scanner. */
+ GENERIC_GLUCOSE_METER = 1024, /**< Generic Glucose Meter. */
+ GENERIC_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR = 1088, /**< Generic Running/Walking Sensor. */
+ RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_IN_SHOE = 1089, /**< In Shoe Running/Walking Sensor. */
+ RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_SHOE = 1090, /**< On Shoe Running/Walking Sensor. */
+ RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_HIP = 1091, /**< On Hip Running/Walking Sensor. */
+ GENERIC_CYCLING = 1152, /**< Generic Cycling. */
+ CYCLING_CYCLING_COMPUTER = 1153, /**< Cycling Computer. */
+ CYCLING_SPEED_SENSOR = 1154, /**< Cycling Speed Sensor. */
+ CYCLING_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1155, /**< Cycling Cadence Sensor. */
+ CYCLING_POWER_SENSOR = 1156, /**< Cycling Power Sensor. */
+ CYCLING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1157, /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Sensor. */
+ PULSE_OXIMETER_GENERIC = 3136, /**< Generic Pulse Oximeter. */
+ PULSE_OXIMETER_FINGERTIP = 3137, /**< Fingertip Pulse Oximeter. */
+ PULSE_OXIMETER_WRIST_WORN = 3138, /**< Wrist Worn Pulse Oximeter. */
+ OUTDOOR_GENERIC = 5184, /**< Generic Outdoor. */
+ OUTDOOR_LOCATION_DISPLAY_DEVICE = 5185, /**< Outdoor Location Display Device. */
+ OUTDOOR_LOCATION_AND_NAVIGATION_DISPLAY_DEVICE = 5186, /**< Outdoor Location and Navigation Display Device. */
+ OUTDOOR_LOCATION_POD = 5187, /**< Outdoor Location Pod. */
+ OUTDOOR_LOCATION_AND_NAVIGATION_POD = 5188 /**< Outdoor Location and Navigation Pod. */
+ };
+ typedef enum Appearance_t Appearance; /* Deprecated type alias. This may be dropped in a future release. */
+
+ GapAdvertisingData(void) : _payload(), _payloadLen(0), _appearance(GENERIC_TAG) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Adds advertising data based on the specified AD type (see DataType).
+ *
+ * @param advDataType The Advertising 'DataType' to add.
+ * @param payload Pointer to the payload contents.
+ * @param len Size of the payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
+ * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t addData(DataType advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
+ {
+ ble_error_t result = BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+
+ // find field
+ uint8_t* field = findField(advDataType);
+
+ // Field type already exist, either add to field or replace
+ if (field) {
+ switch(advDataType) {
+ // These fields will be overwritten with the new value
+ case FLAGS:
+ case SHORTENED_LOCAL_NAME:
+ case COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME:
+ case TX_POWER_LEVEL:
+ case DEVICE_ID:
+ case SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE:
+ case SERVICE_DATA:
+ case APPEARANCE:
+ case ADVERTISING_INTERVAL:
+ case MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA: {
+ // current field length, with the type subtracted
+ uint8_t dataLength = field[0] - 1;
+
+ // new data has same length, do in-order replacement
+ if (len == dataLength) {
+ for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < dataLength; idx++) {
+ field[2 + idx] = payload[idx];
+ }
+ } else {
+ // check if data fits
+ if ((_payloadLen - dataLength + len) <= GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
+
+ // remove old field
+ while ((field + dataLength + 2) < &_payload[_payloadLen]) {
+ *field = field[dataLength + 2];
+ field++;
+ }
+
+ // reduce length
+ _payloadLen -= dataLength + 2;
+
+ // add new field
+ result = appendField(advDataType, payload, len);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ // These fields will have the new data appended if there is sufficient space
+ case INCOMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case COMPLETE_LIST_16BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case INCOMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case COMPLETE_LIST_32BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case INCOMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case COMPLETE_LIST_128BIT_SERVICE_IDS:
+ case LIST_128BIT_SOLICITATION_IDS: {
+ // check if data fits
+ if ((_payloadLen + len) <= GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
+ // make room for new field by moving the remainder of the
+ // advertisement payload "to the right" starting after the
+ // TYPE field.
+ uint8_t* end = &_payload[_payloadLen];
+
+ while (&field[1] < end) {
+ end[len] = *end;
+ end--;
+ }
+
+ // insert new data
+ for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < len; idx++) {
+ field[2 + idx] = payload[idx];
+ }
+
+ // increment lengths
+ field[0] += len;
+ _payloadLen += len;
+
+ result = BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ // Field exists but updating it is not supported. Abort operation.
+ default:
+ result = BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+ break;
+ }
+ } else {
+ // field doesn't exists, insert new
+ result = appendField(advDataType, payload, len);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update a particular ADV field in the advertising payload (based on
+ * matching type and length). Note: the length of the new data must be the
+ * same as the old one.
+ *
+ * @param[in] advDataType The Advertising 'DataType' to add.
+ * @param[in] payload Pointer to the payload contents.
+ * @param[in] len Size of the payload in bytes.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED if the specified field is not found, else
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t updateData(DataType_t advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
+ {
+ if ((payload == NULL) || (len == 0)) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ /* A local struct to describe an ADV field. This definition comes from the Bluetooth Core Spec. (v4.2) Part C, Section 11. */
+ struct ADVField_t {
+ uint8_t len; /* Describes the length (in bytes) of the following type and bytes. */
+ uint8_t type; /* Should have the same representation of DataType_t (above). */
+ uint8_t bytes[0]; /* A placeholder for variable length data. */
+ };
+
+ /* Iterate over the adv fields looking for the first match. */
+ uint8_t byteIndex = 0;
+ while (byteIndex < _payloadLen) {
+ ADVField_t *currentADV = (ADVField_t *)&_payload[byteIndex];
+ if ((currentADV->len == (len + 1)) && /* Incoming len only describes the payload, whereas ADV->len describes [type + payload]. */
+ (currentADV->type == advDataType)) {
+ memcpy(currentADV->bytes, payload, len);
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ byteIndex += (currentADV->len + 1); /* Advance by len+1; '+1' is needed to span the len field itself. */
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Helper function to add APPEARANCE data to the advertising payload.
+ *
+ * @param appearance
+ * The APPEARANCE value to add.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
+ * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t addAppearance(Appearance appearance = GENERIC_TAG) {
+ _appearance = appearance;
+ return addData(GapAdvertisingData::APPEARANCE, (uint8_t *)&appearance, 2);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Helper function to add FLAGS data to the advertising payload.
+ * @param flags
+ * LE_LIMITED_DISCOVERABLE
+ * The peripheral is discoverable for a limited period of time.
+ * LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE
+ * The peripheral is permanently discoverable.
+ * BREDR_NOT_SUPPORTED
+ * This peripheral is a Bluetooth Low Energy only device (no EDR support).
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
+ * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t addFlags(uint8_t flags = LE_GENERAL_DISCOVERABLE) {
+ return addData(GapAdvertisingData::FLAGS, &flags, 1);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Helper function to add TX_POWER_LEVEL data to the advertising payload.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if the specified data would cause the
+ * advertising buffer to overflow, else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t addTxPower(int8_t txPower) {
+ /* To Do: Basic error checking to make sure txPower is in range. */
+ return addData(GapAdvertisingData::TX_POWER_LEVEL, (uint8_t *)&txPower, 1);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Clears the payload and resets the payload length counter.
+ */
+ void clear(void) {
+ memset(&_payload, 0, GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD);
+ _payloadLen = 0;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns a pointer to the current payload.
+ */
+ const uint8_t *getPayload(void) const {
+ return _payload;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the current payload length (0..31 bytes).
+ */
+ uint8_t getPayloadLen(void) const {
+ return _payloadLen;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Returns the 16-bit appearance value for this device.
+ */
+ uint16_t getAppearance(void) const {
+ return (uint16_t)_appearance;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Search advertisement data for field.
+ * Returns pointer to the first element in the field if found, NULL otherwise.
+ * Where the first element is the length of the field.
+ */
+ const uint8_t* findField(DataType_t type) const {
+ return findField(type);
+ }
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * Append advertising data based on the specified AD type (see DataType)
+ */
+ ble_error_t appendField(DataType advDataType, const uint8_t *payload, uint8_t len)
+ {
+ /* Make sure we don't exceed the 31 byte payload limit */
+ if (_payloadLen + len + 2 > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+
+ /* Field length. */
+ memset(&_payload[_payloadLen], len + 1, 1);
+ _payloadLen++;
+
+ /* Field ID. */
+ memset(&_payload[_payloadLen], (uint8_t)advDataType, 1);
+ _payloadLen++;
+
+ /* Payload. */
+ memcpy(&_payload[_payloadLen], payload, len);
+ _payloadLen += len;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Search advertisement data for field.
+ * Returns pointer to the first element in the field if found, NULL otherwise.
+ * Where the first element is the length of the field.
+ */
+ uint8_t* findField(DataType_t type) {
+ // scan through advertisement data
+ for (uint8_t idx = 0; idx < _payloadLen; ) {
+ uint8_t fieldType = _payload[idx + 1];
+
+ if (fieldType == type) {
+ return &_payload[idx];
+ }
+
+ // advance to next field
+ idx += _payload[idx] + 1;
+ }
+
+ // field not found
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t _payload[GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD];
+ uint8_t _payloadLen;
+ uint16_t _appearance;
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/GattAttribute.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/GattAttribute.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,81 +1,77 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GATT_ATTRIBUTE_H__
-#define __GATT_ATTRIBUTE_H__
-
-#include "UUID.h"
-
-class GattAttribute {
-public:
- typedef uint16_t Handle_t;
- static const Handle_t INVALID_HANDLE = 0x0000;
-
-public:
- /**
- * @brief Creates a new GattAttribute using the specified
- * UUID, value length, and inital value.
- *
- * @param[in] uuid
- * The UUID to use for this attribute.
- * @param[in] valuePtr
- * The memory holding the initial value.
- * @param[in] len
- * The length in bytes of this attribute's value.
- * @param[in] maxLen
- * The max length in bytes of this attribute's value.
- * @param[in] hasVariableLen
- * Whether the attribute's value length changes overtime.
- *
- * @section EXAMPLE
- *
- * @code
- *
- * // UUID = 0x2A19, Min length 2, Max len = 2
- * GattAttribute attr = GattAttribute(0x2A19, &someValue, 2, 2);
- *
- * @endcode
- */
- GattAttribute(const UUID &uuid, uint8_t *valuePtr = NULL, uint16_t len = 0, uint16_t maxLen = 0, bool hasVariableLen = true) :
- _uuid(uuid), _valuePtr(valuePtr), _lenMax(maxLen), _len(len), _hasVariableLen(hasVariableLen), _handle() {
- /* Empty */
- }
-
-public:
- Handle_t getHandle(void) const {return _handle; }
- const UUID &getUUID(void) const {return _uuid; }
- uint16_t getLength(void) const {return _len; }
- uint16_t getMaxLength(void) const {return _lenMax; }
- uint16_t *getLengthPtr(void) {return &_len; }
- void setHandle(Handle_t id) {_handle = id; }
- uint8_t *getValuePtr(void) {return _valuePtr; }
- bool hasVariableLength(void) const {return _hasVariableLen;}
-
-private:
- UUID _uuid; /* Characteristic UUID. */
- uint8_t *_valuePtr;
- uint16_t _lenMax; /* Maximum length of the value. */
- uint16_t _len; /* Current length of the value. */
- bool _hasVariableLen;
- Handle_t _handle;
-
-private:
- /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
- GattAttribute(const GattAttribute &);
- GattAttribute& operator=(const GattAttribute &);
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GATT_ATTRIBUTE_H__
+#define __GATT_ATTRIBUTE_H__
+
+#include "UUID.h"
+
+class GattAttribute {
+public:
+ typedef uint16_t Handle_t;
+ static const Handle_t INVALID_HANDLE = 0x0000;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * @brief Creates a new GattAttribute using the specified
+ * UUID, value length, and inital value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uuid
+ * The UUID to use for this attribute.
+ * @param[in] valuePtr
+ * The memory holding the initial value.
+ * @param[in] len
+ * The length in bytes of this attribute's value.
+ * @param[in] maxLen
+ * The max length in bytes of this attribute's value.
+ *
+ * @section EXAMPLE
+ *
+ * @code
+ *
+ * // UUID = 0x2A19, Min length 2, Max len = 2
+ * GattAttribute attr = GattAttribute(0x2A19, &someValue, 2, 2);
+ *
+ * @endcode
+ */
+ GattAttribute(const UUID &uuid, uint8_t *valuePtr = NULL, uint16_t len = 0, uint16_t maxLen = 0) :
+ _uuid(uuid), _valuePtr(valuePtr), _lenMax(maxLen), _len(len), _handle() {
+ /* Empty */
+ }
+
+public:
+ Handle_t getHandle(void) const {return _handle; }
+ const UUID &getUUID(void) const {return _uuid; }
+ uint16_t getLength(void) const {return _len; }
+ uint16_t getMaxLength(void) const {return _lenMax; }
+ uint16_t *getLengthPtr(void) {return &_len; }
+ void setHandle(Handle_t id) {_handle = id; }
+ uint8_t *getValuePtr(void) {return _valuePtr; }
+
+private:
+ UUID _uuid; /* Characteristic UUID. */
+ uint8_t *_valuePtr;
+ uint16_t _lenMax; /* Maximum length of the value. */
+ uint16_t _len; /* Current length of the value. */
+ Handle_t _handle;
+
+private:
+ /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
+ GattAttribute(const GattAttribute &);
+ GattAttribute& operator=(const GattAttribute &);
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GATT_ATTRIBUTE_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/GattCharacteristic.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/GattCharacteristic.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,547 +1,544 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
-#define __GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
-
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "SecurityManager.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
-#include "FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
-
-class GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- enum {
- UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A1B,
- UUID_BATTERY_POWER_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A1A,
- UUID_REMOVABLE_CHAR = 0x2A3A,
- UUID_SERVICE_REQUIRED_CHAR = 0x2A3B,
- UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_CHAR = 0x2A43,
- UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_BIT_MASK_CHAR = 0x2A42,
- UUID_ALERT_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A06,
- UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A44,
- UUID_ALERT_STATUS_CHAR = 0x2A3F,
- UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A19,
- UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A49,
- UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A35,
- UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR = 0x2A38,
- UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A22,
- UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_OUTPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A32,
- UUID_BOOT_MOUSE_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A33,
- UUID_CURRENT_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A2B,
- UUID_DATE_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A08,
- UUID_DAY_DATE_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A0A,
- UUID_DAY_OF_WEEK_CHAR = 0x2A09,
- UUID_DST_OFFSET_CHAR = 0x2A0D,
- UUID_EXACT_TIME_256_CHAR = 0x2A0C,
- UUID_FIRMWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A26,
- UUID_GLUCOSE_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A51,
- UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A18,
- UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CONTEXT_CHAR = 0x2A34,
- UUID_HARDWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A27,
- UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A39,
- UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A37,
- UUID_HID_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A4C,
- UUID_HID_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A4A,
- UUID_HUMIDITY_CHAR = 0x2A6F,
- UUID_IEEE_REGULATORY_CERTIFICATION_DATA_LIST_CHAR = 0x2A2A,
- UUID_INTERMEDIATE_CUFF_PRESSURE_CHAR = 0x2A36,
- UUID_INTERMEDIATE_TEMPERATURE_CHAR = 0x2A1E,
- UUID_LOCAL_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A0F,
- UUID_MANUFACTURER_NAME_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A29,
- UUID_MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL_CHAR = 0x2A21,
- UUID_MODEL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A24,
- UUID_UNREAD_ALERT_CHAR = 0x2A45,
- UUID_NEW_ALERT_CHAR = 0x2A46,
- UUID_PNP_ID_CHAR = 0x2A50,
- UUID_PRESSURE_CHAR = 0x2A6D,
- UUID_PROTOCOL_MODE_CHAR = 0x2A4E,
- UUID_RECORD_ACCESS_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A52,
- UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A14,
- UUID_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A4D,
- UUID_REPORT_MAP_CHAR = 0x2A4B,
- UUID_RINGER_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A40,
- UUID_RINGER_SETTING_CHAR = 0x2A41,
- UUID_SCAN_INTERVAL_WINDOW_CHAR = 0x2A4F,
- UUID_SCAN_REFRESH_CHAR = 0x2A31,
- UUID_SERIAL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A25,
- UUID_SOFTWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A28,
- UUID_SUPPORTED_NEW_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR = 0x2A47,
- UUID_SUPPORTED_UNREAD_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR = 0x2A48,
- UUID_SYSTEM_ID_CHAR = 0x2A23,
- UUID_TEMPERATURE_CHAR = 0x2A6E,
- UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A1C,
- UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR = 0x2A1D,
- UUID_TIME_ACCURACY_CHAR = 0x2A12,
- UUID_TIME_SOURCE_CHAR = 0x2A13,
- UUID_TIME_UPDATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A16,
- UUID_TIME_UPDATE_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A17,
- UUID_TIME_WITH_DST_CHAR = 0x2A11,
- UUID_TIME_ZONE_CHAR = 0x2A0E,
- UUID_TX_POWER_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A07,
- UUID_CSC_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A5C,
- UUID_CSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A5B,
- UUID_RSC_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A54,
- UUID_RSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A53
- };
-
- /**************************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief Standard GATT characteristic presentation format unit types.
- These unit types are used to describe what the raw numeric
- data in a characteristic actually represents.
-
- \note See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/units/Pages/default.aspx
- */
- /**************************************************************************/
- enum {
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_NONE = 0x2700, /**< No specified unit type. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_METRE = 0x2701, /**< Length, metre. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_KILOGRAM = 0x2702, /**< Mass, kilogram. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_SECOND = 0x2703, /**< Time, second. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CURRENT_AMPERE = 0x2704, /**< Electric current, ampere. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_KELVIN = 0x2705, /**< Thermodynamic temperature, kelvin. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_AMOUNT_OF_SUBSTANCE_MOLE = 0x2706, /**< Amount of substance, mole. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINOUS_INTENSITY_CANDELA = 0x2707, /**< Luminous intensity, candela. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_SQUARE_METRES = 0x2710, /**< Area, square metres. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VOLUME_CUBIC_METRES = 0x2711, /**< Volume, cubic metres. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_METRES_PER_SECOND = 0x2712, /**< Velocity, metres per second. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ACCELERATION_METRES_PER_SECOND_SQUARED = 0x2713, /**< Acceleration, metres per second squared. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_WAVENUMBER_RECIPROCAL_METRE = 0x2714, /**< Wave number reciprocal, metre. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_DENSITY_KILOGRAM_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x2715, /**< Density, kilogram per cubic metre. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_DENSITY_KILOGRAM_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2716, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_VOLUME_CUBIC_METRE_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2717, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_CURRENT_DENSITY_AMPERE_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2718, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FIELD_STRENGTH_AMPERE_PER_METRE = 0x2719, /**< Magnetic field strength, ampere per metre. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_AMOUNT_CONCENTRATION_MOLE_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x271A, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_CONCENTRATION_KILOGRAM_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x271B, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINANCE_CANDELA_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x271C, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_REFRACTIVE_INDEX = 0x271D, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_RELATIVE_PERMEABILITY = 0x271E, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_RADIAN = 0x2720, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SOLID_ANGLE_STERADIAN = 0x2721, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_FREQUENCY_HERTZ = 0x2722, /**< Frequency, hertz. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_FORCE_NEWTON = 0x2723, /**< Force, newton. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_PASCAL = 0x2724, /**< Pressure, pascal. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_JOULE = 0x2725, /**< Energy, joule. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_POWER_WATT = 0x2726, /**< Power, watt. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_COULOMB = 0x2727, /**< Electrical charge, coulomb. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_POTENTIAL_DIFFERENCE_VOLT = 0x2728, /**< Electrical potential difference, voltage. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_CAPACITANCE_FARAD = 0x2729, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_RESISTANCE_OHM = 0x272A, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CONDUCTANCE_SIEMENS = 0x272B, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FLEX_WEBER = 0x272C, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FLEX_DENSITY_TESLA = 0x272D, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_INDUCTANCE_HENRY = 0x272E, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_DEGREE_CELSIUS = 0x272F, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINOUS_FLUX_LUMEN = 0x2730, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ILLUMINANCE_LUX = 0x2731, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ACTIVITY_REFERRED_TO_A_RADIONUCLIDE_BECQUEREL = 0x2732, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ABSORBED_DOSE_GRAY = 0x2733, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_DOSE_EQUIVALENT_SIEVERT = 0x2734, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_CATALYTIC_ACTIVITY_KATAL = 0x2735, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_PASCAL_SECOND = 0x2740, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOMENT_OF_FORCE_NEWTON_METRE = 0x2741, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_TENSION_NEWTON_PER_METRE = 0x2742, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_RADIAN_PER_SECOND = 0x2743, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION_RADIAN_PER_SECOND_SQUARED = 0x2744, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_HEAT_FLUX_DENSITY_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2745, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_HEAT_CAPACITY_JOULE_PER_KELVIN = 0x2746, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_HEAT_CAPACITY_JOULE_PER_KILOGRAM_KELVIN = 0x2747, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_ENERGY_JOULE_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2748, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMAL_CONDUCTIVITY_WATT_PER_METRE_KELVIN = 0x2749, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_DENSITY_JOULE_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x274A, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_FIELD_STRENGTH_VOLT_PER_METRE = 0x274B, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x274C, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_CHARGE_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x274D, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_FLUX_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x274E, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERMITTIVITY_FARAD_PER_METRE = 0x274F, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERMEABILITY_HENRY_PER_METRE = 0x2750, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOLAR_ENERGY_JOULE_PER_MOLE = 0x2751, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOLAR_ENTROPY_JOULE_PER_MOLE_KELVIN = 0x2752, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_EXPOSURE_COULOMB_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2753, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ABSORBED_DOSE_RATE_GRAY_PER_SECOND = 0x2754, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_RADIANT_INTENSITY_WATT_PER_STERADIAN = 0x2755, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_RADIANCE_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE_STERADIAN = 0x2756, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_CATALYTIC_ACTIVITY_CONCENTRATION_KATAL_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x2757, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_MINUTE = 0x2760, /**< Time, minute. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_HOUR = 0x2761, /**< Time, hour. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_DAY = 0x2762, /**< Time, day. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_DEGREE = 0x2763, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_MINUTE = 0x2764, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_SECOND = 0x2765, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_HECTARE = 0x2766, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VOLUME_LITRE = 0x2767, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_TONNE = 0x2768, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_BAR = 0x2780, /**< Pressure, bar. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_MILLIMETRE_OF_MERCURY = 0x2781, /**< Pressure, millimetre of mercury. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_ANGSTROM = 0x2782, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_NAUTICAL_MILE = 0x2783, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_BARN = 0x2784, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_KNOT = 0x2785, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LOGARITHMIC_RADIO_QUANTITY_NEPER = 0x2786, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LOGARITHMIC_RADIO_QUANTITY_BEL = 0x2787, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_YARD = 0x27A0, /**< Length, yard. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_PARSEC = 0x27A1, /**< Length, parsec. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_INCH = 0x27A2, /**< Length, inch. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_FOOT = 0x27A3, /**< Length, foot. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_MILE = 0x27A4, /**< Length, mile. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_POUND_FORCE_PER_SQUARE_INCH = 0x27A5, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_KILOMETRE_PER_HOUR = 0x27A6, /**< Velocity, kilometre per hour. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_MILE_PER_HOUR = 0x27A7, /**< Velocity, mile per hour. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_REVOLUTION_PER_MINUTE = 0x27A8, /**< Angular Velocity, revolution per minute. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_GRAM_CALORIE = 0x27A9, /**< Energy, gram calorie. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_KILOGRAM_CALORIE = 0x27AA, /**< Energy, kilogram calorie. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_KILOWATT_HOUR = 0x27AB, /**< Energy, killowatt hour. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_DEGREE_FAHRENHEIT = 0x27AC, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERCENTAGE = 0x27AD, /**< Percentage. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PER_MILLE = 0x27AE, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERIOD_BEATS_PER_MINUTE = 0x27AF, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_AMPERE_HOURS = 0x27B0, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_DENSITY_MILLIGRAM_PER_DECILITRE = 0x27B1, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_DENSITY_MILLIMOLE_PER_LITRE = 0x27B2, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_YEAR = 0x27B3, /**< Time, year. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_MONTH = 0x27B4, /**< Time, month. */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_CONCENTRATION_COUNT_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x27B5, /**< */
- BLE_GATT_UNIT_IRRADIANCE_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x27B6 /**< */
- };
-
- /**************************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief Standard GATT number types.
-
- \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.3.5.2
- \note See http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
- */
- /**************************************************************************/
- enum {
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_RFU = 0x00, /**< Reserved for future use. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_BOOLEAN = 0x01, /**< Boolean. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_2BIT = 0x02, /**< Unsigned 2-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_NIBBLE = 0x03, /**< Unsigned 4-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT8 = 0x04, /**< Unsigned 8-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT12 = 0x05, /**< Unsigned 12-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT16 = 0x06, /**< Unsigned 16-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT24 = 0x07, /**< Unsigned 24-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT32 = 0x08, /**< Unsigned 32-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT48 = 0x09, /**< Unsigned 48-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT64 = 0x0A, /**< Unsigned 64-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT128 = 0x0B, /**< Unsigned 128-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT8 = 0x0C, /**< Signed 2-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT12 = 0x0D, /**< Signed 12-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT16 = 0x0E, /**< Signed 16-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT24 = 0x0F, /**< Signed 24-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT32 = 0x10, /**< Signed 32-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT48 = 0x11, /**< Signed 48-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT64 = 0x12, /**< Signed 64-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT128 = 0x13, /**< Signed 128-bit integer. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT32 = 0x14, /**< IEEE-754 32-bit floating point. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT64 = 0x15, /**< IEEE-754 64-bit floating point. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SFLOAT = 0x16, /**< IEEE-11073 16-bit SFLOAT. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT = 0x17, /**< IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_DUINT16 = 0x18, /**< IEEE-20601 format. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UTF8S = 0x19, /**< UTF-8 string. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UTF16S = 0x1A, /**< UTF-16 string. */
- BLE_GATT_FORMAT_STRUCT = 0x1B /**< Opaque Structure. */
- };
-
- /**************************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief Standard GATT characteristic properties.
-
- \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.1.1
- and Section 3.3.3.1 for Extended Properties
- */
- /**************************************************************************/
- enum Properties_t {
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE = 0x00,
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_BROADCAST = 0x01, /**< Permits broadcasts of the characteristic value using the Server Characteristic Configuration descriptor. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ = 0x02, /**< Permits reads of the characteristic value. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE_WITHOUT_RESPONSE = 0x04, /**< Permits writes of the characteristic value without response. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE = 0x08, /**< Permits writes of the characteristic value with response. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY = 0x10, /**< Permits notifications of a characteristic value without acknowledgment. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE = 0x20, /**< Permits indications of a characteristic value with acknowledgment. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_AUTHENTICATED_SIGNED_WRITES = 0x40, /**< Permits signed writes to the characteristic value. */
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_EXTENDED_PROPERTIES = 0x80 /**< Additional characteristic properties are defined in the Characteristic Extended Properties descriptor */
- };
-
- /**************************************************************************/
- /*!
- \brief GATT presentation format wrapper
-
- \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.3.5
- \note See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
- */
- /**************************************************************************/
- struct PresentationFormat_t {
- uint8_t gatt_format; /**< Format of the value; see @ref ble_gatt_format_t. */
- int8_t exponent; /**< Exponent for integer data types. Example: if Exponent = -3 and the char value is 3892, the actual value is 3.892 */
- uint16_t gatt_unit; /**< UUID from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers; see @ref ble_gatt_unit_t. */
- uint8_t gatt_namespace; /**< Namespace from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, normally '1'; see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
- uint16_t gatt_nsdesc; /**< Namespace description from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, normally '0'; see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
- };
-
- /**
- * @brief Creates a new GattCharacteristic using the specified 16-bit
- * UUID, value length, and properties.
- *
- * @note The UUID value must be unique in the service and is normally >1.
- *
- * @param[in] uuid
- * The UUID to use for this characteristic.
- * @param[in] valuePtr
- * The memory holding the initial value. The value is copied
- * into the stack when the enclosing service is added, and
- * is thereafter maintained internally by the stack.
- * @param[in] len
- * The length in bytes of this characteristic's value.
- * @param[in] maxLen
- * The max length in bytes of this characteristic's value.
- * @param[in] hasVariableLen
- * Whether the attribute's value length changes over time.
- * @param[in] props
- * The 8-bit field containing the characteristic's properties.
- * @param[in] descriptors
- * A pointer to an array of descriptors to be included within
- * this characteristic. The memory for the descriptor array is
- * owned by the caller, and should remain valid at least until
- * the enclosing service is added to the GATT table.
- * @param[in] numDescriptors
- * The number of descriptors in the previous array.
- *
- * @NOTE: If valuePtr == NULL, length == 0, and properties == READ
- * for the value attribute of a characteristic, then that particular
- * characteristic may be considered optional and dropped while
- * instantiating the service with the underlying BLE stack.
- */
- GattCharacteristic(const UUID &uuid,
- uint8_t *valuePtr = NULL,
- uint16_t len = 0,
- uint16_t maxLen = 0,
- uint8_t props = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0,
- bool hasVariableLen = true) :
- _valueAttribute(uuid, valuePtr, len, maxLen, hasVariableLen),
- _properties(props),
- _requiredSecurity(SecurityManager::SECURITY_MODE_ENCRYPTION_OPEN_LINK),
- _descriptors(descriptors),
- _descriptorCount(numDescriptors),
- enabledReadAuthorization(false),
- enabledWriteAuthorization(false),
- readAuthorizationCallback(),
- writeAuthorizationCallback() {
- /* empty */
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * Set up the minimum security (mode and level) requirements for access to the characteristic's value attribute.
- *
- * @param securityMode Can be one of encryption or signing, with or without protection for man in the middle attacks (MITM).
- */
- void requireSecurity(SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t securityMode) {
- _requiredSecurity = securityMode;
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * Authorization.
- */
- void setWriteAuthorizationCallback(void (*callback)(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *)) {
- writeAuthorizationCallback.attach(callback);
- enabledWriteAuthorization = true;
- }
- template <typename T>
- void setWriteAuthorizationCallback(T *object, void (T::*member)(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *)) {
- writeAuthorizationCallback.attach(object, member);
- enabledWriteAuthorization = true;
- }
- void setReadAuthorizationCallback(void (*callback)(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *)) {
- readAuthorizationCallback.attach(callback);
- enabledReadAuthorization = true;
- }
- template <typename T>
- void setReadAuthorizationCallback(T *object, void (T::*member)(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *)) {
- readAuthorizationCallback.attach(object, member);
- enabledReadAuthorization = true;
- }
-
- /**
- * Helper function meant to be called from the guts of the BLE stack to
- * determine the authorization reply for a write request.
- * @param params To capture the context of the write-auth request. Also contains an out-parameter for reply.
- * @return true if the write is authorized to proceed.
- */
- GattAuthCallbackReply_t authorizeWrite(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *params) {
- if (!isWriteAuthorizationEnabled()) {
- return AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- params->authorizationReply = AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS; /* Initialized to no-error by default. */
- writeAuthorizationCallback.call(params);
- return params->authorizationReply;
- }
-
- /**
- * Helper function meant to be called from the guts of the BLE stack to
- * determine the authorization reply for a read request.
- * @param params To capture the context of the read-auth request.
- *
- * @NOTE: To authorize or deny the read the params->authorizationReply field
- * should be set to true (authorize) or false (deny).
- *
- * If the read is approved and params->data is unchanged (NULL),
- * the current characteristic value will be used.
- *
- * If the read is approved, a new value can be provided by setting
- * the params->data pointer and params->len fields.
- *
- * @return true if the read is authorized to proceed.
- */
- GattAuthCallbackReply_t authorizeRead(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *params) {
- if (!isReadAuthorizationEnabled()) {
- return AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- params->authorizationReply = AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS; /* Initialized to no-error by default. */
- readAuthorizationCallback.call(params);
- return params->authorizationReply;
- }
-
- /* accessors */
-public:
- GattAttribute& getValueAttribute() {return _valueAttribute; }
- const GattAttribute& getValueAttribute() const {return _valueAttribute; }
- GattAttribute::Handle_t getValueHandle(void) const {return getValueAttribute().getHandle();}
- uint8_t getProperties(void) const {return _properties; }
- SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t getRequiredSecurity() const {return _requiredSecurity; }
- uint8_t getDescriptorCount(void) const {return _descriptorCount; }
- bool isReadAuthorizationEnabled() const {return enabledReadAuthorization; }
- bool isWriteAuthorizationEnabled() const {return enabledWriteAuthorization; }
-
- GattAttribute *getDescriptor(uint8_t index) {
- if (index >= _descriptorCount) {
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return _descriptors[index];
- }
-
-private:
- GattAttribute _valueAttribute;
- uint8_t _properties;
- SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t _requiredSecurity;
- GattAttribute **_descriptors;
- uint8_t _descriptorCount;
-
- bool enabledReadAuthorization;
- bool enabledWriteAuthorization;
- FunctionPointerWithContext<GattReadAuthCallbackParams *> readAuthorizationCallback;
- FunctionPointerWithContext<GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *> writeAuthorizationCallback;
-
-private:
- /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
- GattCharacteristic(const GattCharacteristic &);
- GattCharacteristic& operator=(const GattCharacteristic &);
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-class ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
- T *valuePtr,
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors, false) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-class WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
- T *valuePtr,
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
-template <typename T>
-class ReadWriteGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- ReadWriteGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
- T *valuePtr,
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
-template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
-class WriteOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- WriteOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
- T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
-template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
-class ReadOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- ReadOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
- T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors, false) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
-template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
-class ReadWriteArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
-public:
- ReadWriteArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
- T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
- uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
- GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
- unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
- GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
- BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
- /* empty */
- }
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
+#define __GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
+
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "SecurityManager.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
+#include "FunctionPointerWithContext.h"
+
+class GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ enum {
+ UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A1B,
+ UUID_BATTERY_POWER_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A1A,
+ UUID_REMOVABLE_CHAR = 0x2A3A,
+ UUID_SERVICE_REQUIRED_CHAR = 0x2A3B,
+ UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_CHAR = 0x2A43,
+ UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_BIT_MASK_CHAR = 0x2A42,
+ UUID_ALERT_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A06,
+ UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A44,
+ UUID_ALERT_STATUS_CHAR = 0x2A3F,
+ UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A19,
+ UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A49,
+ UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A35,
+ UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR = 0x2A38,
+ UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A22,
+ UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_OUTPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A32,
+ UUID_BOOT_MOUSE_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A33,
+ UUID_CURRENT_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A2B,
+ UUID_DATE_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A08,
+ UUID_DAY_DATE_TIME_CHAR = 0x2A0A,
+ UUID_DAY_OF_WEEK_CHAR = 0x2A09,
+ UUID_DST_OFFSET_CHAR = 0x2A0D,
+ UUID_EXACT_TIME_256_CHAR = 0x2A0C,
+ UUID_FIRMWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A26,
+ UUID_GLUCOSE_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A51,
+ UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A18,
+ UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CONTEXT_CHAR = 0x2A34,
+ UUID_HARDWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A27,
+ UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A39,
+ UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A37,
+ UUID_HID_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A4C,
+ UUID_HID_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A4A,
+ UUID_HUMIDITY_CHAR = 0x2A6F,
+ UUID_IEEE_REGULATORY_CERTIFICATION_DATA_LIST_CHAR = 0x2A2A,
+ UUID_INTERMEDIATE_CUFF_PRESSURE_CHAR = 0x2A36,
+ UUID_INTERMEDIATE_TEMPERATURE_CHAR = 0x2A1E,
+ UUID_LOCAL_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A0F,
+ UUID_MANUFACTURER_NAME_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A29,
+ UUID_MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL_CHAR = 0x2A21,
+ UUID_MODEL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A24,
+ UUID_UNREAD_ALERT_CHAR = 0x2A45,
+ UUID_NEW_ALERT_CHAR = 0x2A46,
+ UUID_PNP_ID_CHAR = 0x2A50,
+ UUID_PRESSURE_CHAR = 0x2A6D,
+ UUID_PROTOCOL_MODE_CHAR = 0x2A4E,
+ UUID_RECORD_ACCESS_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A52,
+ UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR = 0x2A14,
+ UUID_REPORT_CHAR = 0x2A4D,
+ UUID_REPORT_MAP_CHAR = 0x2A4B,
+ UUID_RINGER_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A40,
+ UUID_RINGER_SETTING_CHAR = 0x2A41,
+ UUID_SCAN_INTERVAL_WINDOW_CHAR = 0x2A4F,
+ UUID_SCAN_REFRESH_CHAR = 0x2A31,
+ UUID_SERIAL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A25,
+ UUID_SOFTWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR = 0x2A28,
+ UUID_SUPPORTED_NEW_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR = 0x2A47,
+ UUID_SUPPORTED_UNREAD_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR = 0x2A48,
+ UUID_SYSTEM_ID_CHAR = 0x2A23,
+ UUID_TEMPERATURE_CHAR = 0x2A6E,
+ UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A1C,
+ UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR = 0x2A1D,
+ UUID_TIME_ACCURACY_CHAR = 0x2A12,
+ UUID_TIME_SOURCE_CHAR = 0x2A13,
+ UUID_TIME_UPDATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR = 0x2A16,
+ UUID_TIME_UPDATE_STATE_CHAR = 0x2A17,
+ UUID_TIME_WITH_DST_CHAR = 0x2A11,
+ UUID_TIME_ZONE_CHAR = 0x2A0E,
+ UUID_TX_POWER_LEVEL_CHAR = 0x2A07,
+ UUID_CSC_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A5C,
+ UUID_CSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A5B,
+ UUID_RSC_FEATURE_CHAR = 0x2A54,
+ UUID_RSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR = 0x2A53
+ };
+
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief Standard GATT characteristic presentation format unit types.
+ These unit types are used to describe what the raw numeric
+ data in a characteristic actually represents.
+
+ \note See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/units/Pages/default.aspx
+ */
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ enum {
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_NONE = 0x2700, /**< No specified unit type. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_METRE = 0x2701, /**< Length, metre. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_KILOGRAM = 0x2702, /**< Mass, kilogram. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_SECOND = 0x2703, /**< Time, second. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CURRENT_AMPERE = 0x2704, /**< Electric current, ampere. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_KELVIN = 0x2705, /**< Thermodynamic temperature, kelvin. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_AMOUNT_OF_SUBSTANCE_MOLE = 0x2706, /**< Amount of substance, mole. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINOUS_INTENSITY_CANDELA = 0x2707, /**< Luminous intensity, candela. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_SQUARE_METRES = 0x2710, /**< Area, square metres. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VOLUME_CUBIC_METRES = 0x2711, /**< Volume, cubic metres. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_METRES_PER_SECOND = 0x2712, /**< Velocity, metres per second. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ACCELERATION_METRES_PER_SECOND_SQUARED = 0x2713, /**< Acceleration, metres per second squared. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_WAVENUMBER_RECIPROCAL_METRE = 0x2714, /**< Wave number reciprocal, metre. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_DENSITY_KILOGRAM_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x2715, /**< Density, kilogram per cubic metre. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_DENSITY_KILOGRAM_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2716, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_VOLUME_CUBIC_METRE_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2717, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_CURRENT_DENSITY_AMPERE_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2718, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FIELD_STRENGTH_AMPERE_PER_METRE = 0x2719, /**< Magnetic field strength, ampere per metre. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_AMOUNT_CONCENTRATION_MOLE_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x271A, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_CONCENTRATION_KILOGRAM_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x271B, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINANCE_CANDELA_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x271C, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_REFRACTIVE_INDEX = 0x271D, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_RELATIVE_PERMEABILITY = 0x271E, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_RADIAN = 0x2720, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SOLID_ANGLE_STERADIAN = 0x2721, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_FREQUENCY_HERTZ = 0x2722, /**< Frequency, hertz. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_FORCE_NEWTON = 0x2723, /**< Force, newton. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_PASCAL = 0x2724, /**< Pressure, pascal. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_JOULE = 0x2725, /**< Energy, joule. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_POWER_WATT = 0x2726, /**< Power, watt. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_COULOMB = 0x2727, /**< Electrical charge, coulomb. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_POTENTIAL_DIFFERENCE_VOLT = 0x2728, /**< Electrical potential difference, voltage. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_CAPACITANCE_FARAD = 0x2729, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_RESISTANCE_OHM = 0x272A, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CONDUCTANCE_SIEMENS = 0x272B, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FLEX_WEBER = 0x272C, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MAGNETIC_FLEX_DENSITY_TESLA = 0x272D, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_INDUCTANCE_HENRY = 0x272E, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_DEGREE_CELSIUS = 0x272F, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LUMINOUS_FLUX_LUMEN = 0x2730, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ILLUMINANCE_LUX = 0x2731, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ACTIVITY_REFERRED_TO_A_RADIONUCLIDE_BECQUEREL = 0x2732, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ABSORBED_DOSE_GRAY = 0x2733, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_DOSE_EQUIVALENT_SIEVERT = 0x2734, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_CATALYTIC_ACTIVITY_KATAL = 0x2735, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_DYNAMIC_VISCOSITY_PASCAL_SECOND = 0x2740, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOMENT_OF_FORCE_NEWTON_METRE = 0x2741, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_TENSION_NEWTON_PER_METRE = 0x2742, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_RADIAN_PER_SECOND = 0x2743, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_ACCELERATION_RADIAN_PER_SECOND_SQUARED = 0x2744, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_HEAT_FLUX_DENSITY_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x2745, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_HEAT_CAPACITY_JOULE_PER_KELVIN = 0x2746, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_HEAT_CAPACITY_JOULE_PER_KILOGRAM_KELVIN = 0x2747, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SPECIFIC_ENERGY_JOULE_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2748, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMAL_CONDUCTIVITY_WATT_PER_METRE_KELVIN = 0x2749, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_DENSITY_JOULE_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x274A, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_FIELD_STRENGTH_VOLT_PER_METRE = 0x274B, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x274C, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_SURFACE_CHARGE_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x274D, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_FLUX_DENSITY_COULOMB_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x274E, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERMITTIVITY_FARAD_PER_METRE = 0x274F, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERMEABILITY_HENRY_PER_METRE = 0x2750, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOLAR_ENERGY_JOULE_PER_MOLE = 0x2751, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MOLAR_ENTROPY_JOULE_PER_MOLE_KELVIN = 0x2752, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_EXPOSURE_COULOMB_PER_KILOGRAM = 0x2753, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ABSORBED_DOSE_RATE_GRAY_PER_SECOND = 0x2754, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_RADIANT_INTENSITY_WATT_PER_STERADIAN = 0x2755, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_RADIANCE_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE_STERADIAN = 0x2756, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_CATALYTIC_ACTIVITY_CONCENTRATION_KATAL_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x2757, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_MINUTE = 0x2760, /**< Time, minute. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_HOUR = 0x2761, /**< Time, hour. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_DAY = 0x2762, /**< Time, day. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_DEGREE = 0x2763, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_MINUTE = 0x2764, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PLANE_ANGLE_SECOND = 0x2765, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_HECTARE = 0x2766, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VOLUME_LITRE = 0x2767, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_TONNE = 0x2768, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_BAR = 0x2780, /**< Pressure, bar. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_MILLIMETRE_OF_MERCURY = 0x2781, /**< Pressure, millimetre of mercury. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_ANGSTROM = 0x2782, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_NAUTICAL_MILE = 0x2783, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_AREA_BARN = 0x2784, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_KNOT = 0x2785, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LOGARITHMIC_RADIO_QUANTITY_NEPER = 0x2786, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LOGARITHMIC_RADIO_QUANTITY_BEL = 0x2787, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_YARD = 0x27A0, /**< Length, yard. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_PARSEC = 0x27A1, /**< Length, parsec. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_INCH = 0x27A2, /**< Length, inch. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_FOOT = 0x27A3, /**< Length, foot. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_LENGTH_MILE = 0x27A4, /**< Length, mile. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PRESSURE_POUND_FORCE_PER_SQUARE_INCH = 0x27A5, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_KILOMETRE_PER_HOUR = 0x27A6, /**< Velocity, kilometre per hour. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_VELOCITY_MILE_PER_HOUR = 0x27A7, /**< Velocity, mile per hour. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ANGULAR_VELOCITY_REVOLUTION_PER_MINUTE = 0x27A8, /**< Angular Velocity, revolution per minute. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_GRAM_CALORIE = 0x27A9, /**< Energy, gram calorie. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_KILOGRAM_CALORIE = 0x27AA, /**< Energy, kilogram calorie. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ENERGY_KILOWATT_HOUR = 0x27AB, /**< Energy, killowatt hour. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_THERMODYNAMIC_TEMPERATURE_DEGREE_FAHRENHEIT = 0x27AC, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERCENTAGE = 0x27AD, /**< Percentage. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PER_MILLE = 0x27AE, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_PERIOD_BEATS_PER_MINUTE = 0x27AF, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_ELECTRIC_CHARGE_AMPERE_HOURS = 0x27B0, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_DENSITY_MILLIGRAM_PER_DECILITRE = 0x27B1, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_MASS_DENSITY_MILLIMOLE_PER_LITRE = 0x27B2, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_YEAR = 0x27B3, /**< Time, year. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_TIME_MONTH = 0x27B4, /**< Time, month. */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_CONCENTRATION_COUNT_PER_CUBIC_METRE = 0x27B5, /**< */
+ BLE_GATT_UNIT_IRRADIANCE_WATT_PER_SQUARE_METRE = 0x27B6 /**< */
+ };
+
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief Standard GATT number types.
+
+ \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.3.5.2
+ \note See http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
+ */
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ enum {
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_RFU = 0x00, /**< Reserved for future use. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_BOOLEAN = 0x01, /**< Boolean. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_2BIT = 0x02, /**< Unsigned 2-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_NIBBLE = 0x03, /**< Unsigned 4-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT8 = 0x04, /**< Unsigned 8-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT12 = 0x05, /**< Unsigned 12-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT16 = 0x06, /**< Unsigned 16-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT24 = 0x07, /**< Unsigned 24-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT32 = 0x08, /**< Unsigned 32-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT48 = 0x09, /**< Unsigned 48-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT64 = 0x0A, /**< Unsigned 64-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UINT128 = 0x0B, /**< Unsigned 128-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT8 = 0x0C, /**< Signed 2-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT12 = 0x0D, /**< Signed 12-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT16 = 0x0E, /**< Signed 16-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT24 = 0x0F, /**< Signed 24-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT32 = 0x10, /**< Signed 32-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT48 = 0x11, /**< Signed 48-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT64 = 0x12, /**< Signed 64-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SINT128 = 0x13, /**< Signed 128-bit integer. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT32 = 0x14, /**< IEEE-754 32-bit floating point. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT64 = 0x15, /**< IEEE-754 64-bit floating point. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_SFLOAT = 0x16, /**< IEEE-11073 16-bit SFLOAT. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_FLOAT = 0x17, /**< IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_DUINT16 = 0x18, /**< IEEE-20601 format. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UTF8S = 0x19, /**< UTF-8 string. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_UTF16S = 0x1A, /**< UTF-16 string. */
+ BLE_GATT_FORMAT_STRUCT = 0x1B /**< Opaque Structure. */
+ };
+
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief Standard GATT characteristic properties.
+
+ \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.1.1
+ and Section 3.3.3.1 for Extended Properties
+ */
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ enum Properties_t {
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE = 0x00,
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_BROADCAST = 0x01, /**< Permits broadcasts of the characteristic value using the Server Characteristic Configuration descriptor. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ = 0x02, /**< Permits reads of the characteristic value. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE_WITHOUT_RESPONSE = 0x04, /**< Permits writes of the characteristic value without response. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE = 0x08, /**< Permits writes of the characteristic value with response. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY = 0x10, /**< Permits notifications of a characteristic value without acknowledgment. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE = 0x20, /**< Permits indications of a characteristic value with acknowledgment. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_AUTHENTICATED_SIGNED_WRITES = 0x40, /**< Permits signed writes to the characteristic value. */
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_EXTENDED_PROPERTIES = 0x80 /**< Additional characteristic properties are defined in the Characteristic Extended Properties descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ /*!
+ \brief GATT presentation format wrapper
+
+ \note See Bluetooth Specification 4.0 (Vol. 3), Part G, Section 3.3.3.5
+ \note See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
+ */
+ /**************************************************************************/
+ struct PresentationFormat_t {
+ uint8_t gatt_format; /**< Format of the value; see @ref ble_gatt_format_t. */
+ int8_t exponent; /**< Exponent for integer data types. Example: if Exponent = -3 and the char value is 3892, the actual value is 3.892 */
+ uint16_t gatt_unit; /**< UUID from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers; see @ref ble_gatt_unit_t. */
+ uint8_t gatt_namespace; /**< Namespace from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, normally '1'; see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
+ uint16_t gatt_nsdesc; /**< Namespace description from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, normally '0'; see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
+ };
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Creates a new GattCharacteristic using the specified 16-bit
+ * UUID, value length, and properties.
+ *
+ * @note The UUID value must be unique in the service and is normally >1.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uuid
+ * The UUID to use for this characteristic.
+ * @param[in] valuePtr
+ * The memory holding the initial value. The value is copied
+ * into the stack when the enclosing service is added, and
+ * is thereafter maintained internally by the stack.
+ * @param[in] len
+ * The length in bytes of this characteristic's value.
+ * @param[in] maxLen
+ * The max length in bytes of this characteristic's value.
+ * @param[in] props
+ * The 8-bit field containing the characteristic's properties.
+ * @param[in] descriptors
+ * A pointer to an array of descriptors to be included within
+ * this characteristic. The memory for the descriptor array is
+ * owned by the caller, and should remain valid at least until
+ * the enclosing service is added to the GATT table.
+ * @param[in] numDescriptors
+ * The number of descriptors in the previous array.
+ *
+ * @NOTE: If valuePtr == NULL, length == 0, and properties == READ
+ * for the value attribute of a characteristic, then that particular
+ * characteristic may be considered optional and dropped while
+ * instantiating the service with the underlying BLE stack.
+ */
+ GattCharacteristic(const UUID &uuid,
+ uint8_t *valuePtr = NULL,
+ uint16_t len = 0,
+ uint16_t maxLen = 0,
+ uint8_t props = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ _valueAttribute(uuid, valuePtr, len, maxLen),
+ _properties(props),
+ _requiredSecurity(SecurityManager::SECURITY_MODE_ENCRYPTION_OPEN_LINK),
+ _descriptors(descriptors),
+ _descriptorCount(numDescriptors),
+ enabledReadAuthorization(false),
+ enabledWriteAuthorization(false),
+ readAuthorizationCallback(),
+ writeAuthorizationCallback() {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Set up the minimum security (mode and level) requirements for access to the characteristic's value attribute.
+ *
+ * @param securityMode Can be one of encryption or signing, with or without protection for man in the middle attacks (MITM).
+ */
+ void requireSecurity(SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t securityMode) {
+ _requiredSecurity = securityMode;
+ }
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Authorization.
+ */
+ void setWriteAuthorizationCallback(void (*callback)(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *)) {
+ writeAuthorizationCallback.attach(callback);
+ enabledWriteAuthorization = true;
+ }
+ template <typename T>
+ void setWriteAuthorizationCallback(T *object, void (T::*member)(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *)) {
+ writeAuthorizationCallback.attach(object, member);
+ enabledWriteAuthorization = true;
+ }
+ void setReadAuthorizationCallback(void (*callback)(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *)) {
+ readAuthorizationCallback.attach(callback);
+ enabledReadAuthorization = true;
+ }
+ template <typename T>
+ void setReadAuthorizationCallback(T *object, void (T::*member)(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *)) {
+ readAuthorizationCallback.attach(object, member);
+ enabledReadAuthorization = true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Helper function meant to be called from the guts of the BLE stack to
+ * determine the authorization reply for a write request.
+ * @param params To capture the context of the write-auth request. Also contains an out-parameter for reply.
+ * @return true if the write is authorized to proceed.
+ */
+ GattAuthCallbackReply_t authorizeWrite(GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *params) {
+ if (!isWriteAuthorizationEnabled()) {
+ return AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ params->authorizationReply = AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS; /* Initialized to no-error by default. */
+ writeAuthorizationCallback.call(params);
+ return params->authorizationReply;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Helper function meant to be called from the guts of the BLE stack to
+ * determine the authorization reply for a read request.
+ * @param params To capture the context of the read-auth request.
+ *
+ * @NOTE: To authorize or deny the read the params->authorizationReply field
+ * should be set to true (authorize) or false (deny).
+ *
+ * If the read is approved and params->data is unchanged (NULL),
+ * the current characteristic value will be used.
+ *
+ * If the read is approved, a new value can be provided by setting
+ * the params->data pointer and params->len fields.
+ *
+ * @return true if the read is authorized to proceed.
+ */
+ GattAuthCallbackReply_t authorizeRead(GattReadAuthCallbackParams *params) {
+ if (!isReadAuthorizationEnabled()) {
+ return AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ params->authorizationReply = AUTH_CALLBACK_REPLY_SUCCESS; /* Initialized to no-error by default. */
+ readAuthorizationCallback.call(params);
+ return params->authorizationReply;
+ }
+
+ /* accessors */
+public:
+ GattAttribute& getValueAttribute() {return _valueAttribute; }
+ const GattAttribute& getValueAttribute() const {return _valueAttribute; }
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t getValueHandle(void) const {return getValueAttribute().getHandle();}
+ uint8_t getProperties(void) const {return _properties; }
+ SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t getRequiredSecurity() const {return _requiredSecurity; }
+ uint8_t getDescriptorCount(void) const {return _descriptorCount; }
+ bool isReadAuthorizationEnabled() const {return enabledReadAuthorization; }
+ bool isWriteAuthorizationEnabled() const {return enabledWriteAuthorization; }
+
+ GattAttribute *getDescriptor(uint8_t index) {
+ if (index >= _descriptorCount) {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ return _descriptors[index];
+ }
+
+private:
+ GattAttribute _valueAttribute;
+ uint8_t _properties;
+ SecurityManager::SecurityMode_t _requiredSecurity;
+ GattAttribute **_descriptors;
+ uint8_t _descriptorCount;
+
+ bool enabledReadAuthorization;
+ bool enabledWriteAuthorization;
+ FunctionPointerWithContext<GattReadAuthCallbackParams *> readAuthorizationCallback;
+ FunctionPointerWithContext<GattWriteAuthCallbackParams *> writeAuthorizationCallback;
+
+private:
+ /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
+ GattCharacteristic(const GattCharacteristic &);
+ GattCharacteristic& operator=(const GattCharacteristic &);
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+class ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T *valuePtr,
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+class WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T *valuePtr,
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
+template <typename T>
+class ReadWriteGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ ReadWriteGattCharacteristic<T>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T *valuePtr,
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T), sizeof(T),
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
+class WriteOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ WriteOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
+class ReadOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ ReadOnlyArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
+template <typename T, unsigned NUM_ELEMENTS>
+class ReadWriteArrayGattCharacteristic : public GattCharacteristic {
+public:
+ ReadWriteArrayGattCharacteristic<T, NUM_ELEMENTS>(const UUID &uuid,
+ T valuePtr[NUM_ELEMENTS],
+ uint8_t additionalProperties = BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NONE,
+ GattAttribute *descriptors[] = NULL,
+ unsigned numDescriptors = 0) :
+ GattCharacteristic(uuid, reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(valuePtr), sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS, sizeof(T) * NUM_ELEMENTS,
+ BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_WRITE | additionalProperties, descriptors, numDescriptors) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/GattClient.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/GattClient.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,475 +1,360 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GATT_CLIENT_H__
-#define __GATT_CLIENT_H__
-
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-#include "ServiceDiscovery.h"
-#include "CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery.h"
-
-#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
-
-#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
-
-class GattClient {
-public:
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> ReadCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> ReadCallbackChain_t;
-
- enum WriteOp_t {
- GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ = 0x01, /**< Write request. */
- GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD = 0x02, /**< Write command. */
- };
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> WriteCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> WriteCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattHVXCallbackParams*> HVXCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattHVXCallbackParams*> HVXCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattClient *> GattClientShutdownCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattClient *> GattClientShutdownCallbackChain_t;
-
- /*
- * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
- */
-public:
- /**
- * Launch service discovery. Once launched, application callbacks will be
- * invoked for matching services or characteristics. isServiceDiscoveryActive()
- * can be used to determine status, and a termination callback (if one was set up)
- * will be invoked at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely,
- * if needed, using terminateServiceDiscovery().
- *
- * @param connectionHandle
- * Handle for the connection with the peer.
- * @param sc
- * This is the application callback for a matching service. Taken as
- * NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be active
- * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
- * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
- * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
- * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
- * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * service.
- * @param cc
- * This is the application callback for a matching characteristic.
- * Taken as NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be
- * active when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous
- * BLE-stack APIs from within this application callback might cause
- * the stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue,
- * it may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredCharacteristic
- * and wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * characteristic.
- * @param matchingServiceUUID
- * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
- * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
- * in which case it matches all services. If characteristic-UUID
- * filter (below) is set to the wildcard value, then a service
- * callback will be invoked for the matching service (or for every
- * service if the service filter is a wildcard).
- * @param matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn
- * UUID-based filter for specifying characteristic in which the application
- * is interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UKNOWN
- * to match against any characteristic. If both service-UUID
- * filter and characteristic-UUID filter are used with non-wildcard
- * values, then only a single characteristic callback is
- * invoked for the matching characteristic.
- *
- * @note Using wildcard values for both service-UUID and characteristic-
- * UUID will result in complete service discovery: callbacks being
- * called for every service and characteristic.
- *
- * @note Providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
- * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
- * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
- * services.
- *
- * @return
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t launchServiceDiscovery(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
- ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t sc = NULL,
- ServiceDiscovery::CharacteristicCallback_t cc = NULL,
- const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN),
- const UUID &matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)sc;
- (void)cc;
- (void)matchingServiceUUID;
- (void)matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Launch service discovery for services. Once launched, service discovery will remain
- * active with service-callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
- * services. isServiceDiscoveryActive() can be used to
- * determine status, and a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked
- * at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed,
- * using terminateServiceDiscovery().
- *
- * @param connectionHandle
- * Handle for the connection with the peer.
- * @param sc
- * This is the application callback for a matching service. Note: service discovery may still be active
- * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
- * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
- * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
- * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
- * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * service.
- * @param matchingServiceUUID
- * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
- * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
- * in which case it matches all services.
- *
- * @return
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t discoverServices(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
- ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t callback,
- const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) {
- return launchServiceDiscovery(connectionHandle, callback, NULL, matchingServiceUUID); /* We take advantage of the property
- * that providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
- * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
- * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
- * services. Porters are free to override this. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Launch service discovery for services. Once launched, service discovery will remain
- * active with service-callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
- * services. isServiceDiscoveryActive() can be used to
- * determine status, and a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked
- * at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed,
- * using terminateServiceDiscovery().
- *
- * @param connectionHandle
- * Handle for the connection with the peer.
- * @param sc
- * This is the application callback for a matching service. Note: service discovery may still be active
- * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
- * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
- * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
- * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
- * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * service.
- * @param startHandle, endHandle
- * Handle range within which to limit the search.
- *
- * @return
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t discoverServices(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
- ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t callback,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandle) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)callback;
- (void)startHandle;
- (void)endHandle;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Is service-discovery currently active?
- */
- virtual bool isServiceDiscoveryActive(void) const {
- return false; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Terminate an ongoing service discovery. This should result in an
- * invocation of TerminationCallback if service-discovery is active.
- */
- virtual void terminateServiceDiscovery(void) {
- /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /* Initiate a GATT Client read procedure by attribute-handle. */
- virtual ble_error_t read(Gap::Handle_t connHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint16_t offset) const {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connHandle;
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)offset;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Initiate a GATT Client write procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] cmd
- * Command can be either a write-request (which generates a
- * matching response from the peripheral), or a write-command
- * (which doesn't require the connected peer to respond).
- * @param[in] connHandle
- * Connection handle.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Handle for the target attribtue on the remote GATT server.
- * @param[in] length
- * Length of the new value.
- * @param[in] value
- * New value being written.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t write(GattClient::WriteOp_t cmd,
- Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
- size_t length,
- const uint8_t *value) const {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)cmd;
- (void)connHandle;
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)length;
- (void)value;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /* Event callback handlers. */
-public:
- /**
- * Set up a callback for read response events.
- * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using
- * onDataRead().detach(callbackToRemove)
- */
- void onDataRead(ReadCallback_t callback) {
- onDataReadCallbackChain.add(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of read callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataRead().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataRead().detach(callback)
- * @return The read callbacks chain
- */
- ReadCallbackChain_t& onDataRead() {
- return onDataReadCallbackChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for write response events.
- * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using
- * onDataWritten().detach(callbackToRemove).
- * @Note: Write commands (issued using writeWoResponse) don't generate a response.
- */
- void onDataWritten(WriteCallback_t callback) {
- onDataWriteCallbackChain.add(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of data written callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataWritten().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
- * @return The data written callbacks chain
- */
- WriteCallbackChain_t& onDataWritten() {
- return onDataWriteCallbackChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for write response events.
- * @Note: Write commands (issued using writeWoResponse) don't generate a response.
- *
- * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
- * Please use onDataWritten() instead.
- */
- void onDataWrite(WriteCallback_t callback) {
- onDataWritten(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when serviceDiscovery terminates.
- */
- virtual void onServiceDiscoveryTermination(ServiceDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t callback) {
- (void)callback; /* Avoid compiler warnings about ununsed variables. */
-
- /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief launch discovery of descriptors for a given characteristic
- * @details This function will discover all descriptors available for a
- * specific characteristic.
- *
- * @param characteristic[in] The characteristic targeted by this discovery
- * procedure
- * @param discoveryCallback[in] User function called each time a descriptor
- * is found during the procedure.
- * @param terminationCallback[in] User provided function which will be called
- * once the discovery procedure is terminating. This will get called when all
- * the descriptors have been discovered or if an error occur during the discovery
- * procedure.
- *
- * @return
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if characteristic descriptor discovery is launched
- * successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t discoverCharacteristicDescriptors(
- const DiscoveredCharacteristic& characteristic,
- const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::DiscoveryCallback_t& discoveryCallback,
- const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t& terminationCallback) {
- (void) characteristic;
- (void) discoveryCallback;
- (void) terminationCallback;
- /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Indicate if the discovery of characteristic descriptors is active for a given characteristic
- * or not.
- * @param characteristic[in] The characteristic concerned by the descriptors discovery.
- * @return true if a descriptors discovery is active for the characteristic in input; otherwise false.
- */
- virtual bool isCharacteristicDescriptorDiscoveryActive(const DiscoveredCharacteristic& characteristic) const
- {
- (void) characteristic;
- return false; /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Terminate an ongoing characteristic descriptor discovery.
- * @detail This should result in an invocation of the TerminationCallback if
- * the characteristic descriptor discovery is active.
- * @param characteristic[in] The characteristic on which the running descriptors
- * discovery should be stopped.
- */
- virtual void terminateCharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery(const DiscoveredCharacteristic& characteristic) {
- /* Requesting action from porter(s): override this API if this capability is supported. */
- (void) characteristic;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the GATT client receives an update event
- * corresponding to a change in the value of a characteristic on the remote
- * GATT server.
- * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using onHVX().detach(callbackToRemove).
- */
- void onHVX(HVXCallback_t callback) {
- onHVXCallbackChain.add(callback);
- }
-
- /**
- * Setup a callback to be invoked to notify the user application that the
- * GattClient instance is about to shutdown (possibly as a result of a call
- * to BLE::shutdown()).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onShutdown callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to be notified
- * before the GattClient is shutdown.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- */
- void onShutdown(const GattClientShutdownCallback_t& callback) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(callback);
- }
- template <typename T>
- void onShutdown(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(void)) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of shutdown event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onShutdown().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- * @return The shutdown event callbacks chain
- */
- GattClientShutdownCallbackChain_t& onShutdown() {
- return shutdownCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of HVX callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onHVX().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onHVX().detach(callback)
- * @return The HVX callbacks chain
- */
- HVXCallbackChain_t& onHVX() {
- return onHVXCallbackChain;
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * Notify all registered onShutdown callbacks that the GattClient is
- * about to be shutdown and clear all GattClient state of the
- * associated object.
- *
- * This function is meant to be overridden in the platform-specific
- * sub-class. Nevertheless, the sub-class is only expected to reset its
- * state and not the data held in GattClient members. This shall be achieved
- * by a call to GattClient::reset() from the sub-class' reset()
- * implementation.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void) {
- /* Notify that the instance is about to shutdown */
- shutdownCallChain.call(this);
- shutdownCallChain.clear();
-
- onDataReadCallbackChain.clear();
- onDataWriteCallbackChain.clear();
- onHVXCallbackChain.clear();
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
-protected:
- GattClient() {
- /* Empty */
- }
-
- /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
-public:
- void processReadResponse(const GattReadCallbackParams *params) {
- onDataReadCallbackChain(params);
- }
-
- void processWriteResponse(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
- onDataWriteCallbackChain(params);
- }
-
- void processHVXEvent(const GattHVXCallbackParams *params) {
- if (onHVXCallbackChain) {
- onHVXCallbackChain(params);
- }
- }
-
-protected:
- ReadCallbackChain_t onDataReadCallbackChain;
- WriteCallbackChain_t onDataWriteCallbackChain;
- HVXCallbackChain_t onHVXCallbackChain;
- GattClientShutdownCallbackChain_t shutdownCallChain;
-
-private:
- /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
- GattClient(const GattClient &);
- GattClient& operator=(const GattClient &);
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GATT_CLIENT_H__
+#define __GATT_CLIENT_H__
+
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+#include "ServiceDiscovery.h"
+
+#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
+
+#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
+
+class GattClient {
+public:
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> ReadCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> ReadCallbackChain_t;
+
+ enum WriteOp_t {
+ GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ = 0x01, /**< Write request. */
+ GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD = 0x02, /**< Write command. */
+ };
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> WriteCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> WriteCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattHVXCallbackParams*> HVXCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattHVXCallbackParams*> HVXCallbackChain_t;
+
+ /*
+ * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
+ */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Launch service discovery. Once launched, application callbacks will be
+ * invoked for matching services or characteristics. isServiceDiscoveryActive()
+ * can be used to determine status, and a termination callback (if one was set up)
+ * will be invoked at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely,
+ * if needed, using terminateServiceDiscovery().
+ *
+ * @param connectionHandle
+ * Handle for the connection with the peer.
+ * @param sc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching service. Taken as
+ * NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be active
+ * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
+ * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
+ * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
+ * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
+ * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * service.
+ * @param cc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching characteristic.
+ * Taken as NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be
+ * active when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous
+ * BLE-stack APIs from within this application callback might cause
+ * the stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue,
+ * it may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredCharacteristic
+ * and wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * characteristic.
+ * @param matchingServiceUUID
+ * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
+ * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
+ * in which case it matches all services. If characteristic-UUID
+ * filter (below) is set to the wildcard value, then a service
+ * callback will be invoked for the matching service (or for every
+ * service if the service filter is a wildcard).
+ * @param matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn
+ * UUID-based filter for specifying characteristic in which the application
+ * is interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UKNOWN
+ * to match against any characteristic. If both service-UUID
+ * filter and characteristic-UUID filter are used with non-wildcard
+ * values, then only a single characteristic callback is
+ * invoked for the matching characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note Using wildcard values for both service-UUID and characteristic-
+ * UUID will result in complete service discovery: callbacks being
+ * called for every service and characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note Providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
+ * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
+ * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
+ * services.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t launchServiceDiscovery(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
+ ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t sc = NULL,
+ ServiceDiscovery::CharacteristicCallback_t cc = NULL,
+ const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN),
+ const UUID &matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)sc;
+ (void)cc;
+ (void)matchingServiceUUID;
+ (void)matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Launch service discovery for services. Once launched, service discovery will remain
+ * active with service-callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
+ * services. isServiceDiscoveryActive() can be used to
+ * determine status, and a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked
+ * at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed,
+ * using terminateServiceDiscovery().
+ *
+ * @param connectionHandle
+ * Handle for the connection with the peer.
+ * @param sc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching service. Note: service discovery may still be active
+ * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
+ * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
+ * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
+ * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
+ * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * service.
+ * @param matchingServiceUUID
+ * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
+ * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
+ * in which case it matches all services.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t discoverServices(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
+ ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t callback,
+ const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) {
+ return launchServiceDiscovery(connectionHandle, callback, NULL, matchingServiceUUID); /* We take advantage of the property
+ * that providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
+ * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
+ * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
+ * services. Porters are free to override this. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Launch service discovery for services. Once launched, service discovery will remain
+ * active with service-callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
+ * services. isServiceDiscoveryActive() can be used to
+ * determine status, and a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked
+ * at the end. Service discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed,
+ * using terminateServiceDiscovery().
+ *
+ * @param connectionHandle
+ * Handle for the connection with the peer.
+ * @param sc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching service. Note: service discovery may still be active
+ * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
+ * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
+ * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
+ * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
+ * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * service.
+ * @param startHandle, endHandle
+ * Handle range within which to limit the search.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t discoverServices(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
+ ServiceDiscovery::ServiceCallback_t callback,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t startHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t endHandle) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)callback;
+ (void)startHandle;
+ (void)endHandle;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Is service-discovery currently active?
+ */
+ virtual bool isServiceDiscoveryActive(void) const {
+ return false; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Terminate an ongoing service discovery. This should result in an
+ * invocation of TerminationCallback if service-discovery is active.
+ */
+ virtual void terminateServiceDiscovery(void) {
+ /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /* Initiate a GATT Client read procedure by attribute-handle. */
+ virtual ble_error_t read(Gap::Handle_t connHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint16_t offset) const {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connHandle;
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)offset;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Initiate a GATT Client write procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] cmd
+ * Command can be either a write-request (which generates a
+ * matching response from the peripheral), or a write-command
+ * (which doesn't require the connected peer to respond).
+ * @param[in] connHandle
+ * Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Handle for the target attribtue on the remote GATT server.
+ * @param[in] length
+ * Length of the new value.
+ * @param[in] value
+ * New value being written.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t write(GattClient::WriteOp_t cmd,
+ Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle,
+ size_t length,
+ const uint8_t *value) const {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)cmd;
+ (void)connHandle;
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)length;
+ (void)value;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /* Event callback handlers. */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for read response events.
+ * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using
+ * onDataRead().detach(callbackToRemove)
+ */
+ void onDataRead(ReadCallback_t callback) {
+ onDataReadCallbackChain.add(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of read callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataRead().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataRead().detach(callback)
+ * @return The read callbacks chain
+ */
+ ReadCallbackChain_t& onDataRead() {
+ return onDataReadCallbackChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for write response events.
+ * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using
+ * onDataWritten().detach(callbackToRemove).
+ * @Note: Write commands (issued using writeWoResponse) don't generate a response.
+ */
+ void onDataWritten(WriteCallback_t callback) {
+ onDataWriteCallbackChain.add(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of data written callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataWritten().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
+ * @return The data written callbacks chain
+ */
+ WriteCallbackChain_t& onDataWritten() {
+ return onDataWriteCallbackChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for write response events.
+ * @Note: Write commands (issued using writeWoResponse) don't generate a response.
+ *
+ * @note: This API is now *deprecated* and will be dropped in the future.
+ * Please use onDataWritten() instead.
+ */
+ void onDataWrite(WriteCallback_t callback) {
+ onDataWritten(callback);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when serviceDiscovery terminates.
+ */
+ virtual void onServiceDiscoveryTermination(ServiceDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t callback) {
+ (void)callback; /* Avoid compiler warnings about ununsed variables. */
+
+ /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the GATT client receives an update event
+ * corresponding to a change in the value of a characteristic on the remote
+ * GATT server.
+ * It is possible to remove registered callbacks using onHVX().detach(callbackToRemove).
+ */
+ void onHVX(HVXCallback_t callback) {
+ onHVXCallbackChain.add(callback);
+ }
+
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of HVX callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onHVX().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onHVX().detach(callback)
+ * @return The HVX callbacks chain
+ */
+ HVXCallbackChain_t& onHVX() {
+ return onHVXCallbackChain;
+ }
+
+protected:
+ GattClient() {
+ /* Empty */
+ }
+
+ /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
+public:
+ void processReadResponse(const GattReadCallbackParams *params) {
+ onDataReadCallbackChain(params);
+ }
+
+ void processWriteResponse(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
+ onDataWriteCallbackChain(params);
+ }
+
+ void processHVXEvent(const GattHVXCallbackParams *params) {
+ if (onHVXCallbackChain) {
+ onHVXCallbackChain(params);
+ }
+ }
+
+protected:
+ ReadCallbackChain_t onDataReadCallbackChain;
+ WriteCallbackChain_t onDataWriteCallbackChain;
+ HVXCallbackChain_t onHVXCallbackChain;
+
+private:
+ /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
+ GattClient(const GattClient &);
+ GattClient& operator=(const GattClient &);
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GATT_CLIENT_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/GattServer.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/GattServer.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,484 +1,417 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __GATT_SERVER_H__
-#define __GATT_SERVER_H__
-
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattService.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-#include "GattServerEvents.h"
-#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
-#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
-
-class GattServer {
-public:
- /* Event callback handlers. */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<unsigned> DataSentCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<unsigned> DataSentCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> DataWrittenCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> DataWrittenCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> DataReadCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams *> DataReadCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattServer *> GattServerShutdownCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattServer *> GattServerShutdownCallbackChain_t;
-
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<GattAttribute::Handle_t> EventCallback_t;
-
-protected:
- GattServer() :
- serviceCount(0),
- characteristicCount(0),
- dataSentCallChain(),
- dataWrittenCallChain(),
- dataReadCallChain(),
- updatesEnabledCallback(NULL),
- updatesDisabledCallback(NULL),
- confirmationReceivedCallback(NULL) {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- /*
- * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
- */
-public:
-
- /**
- * Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table. Also add the
- * characteristics contained within.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t addService(GattService &service) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)service;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GATT server.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[out] buffer
- * A buffer to hold the value being read.
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
- * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * this variable will hold upon return the total attribute value length
- * (excluding offset). The application may use this
- * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t read(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *lengthP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)buffer;
- (void)lengthP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GATT server.
- * @param[in] connectionHandle
- * Connection handle.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[out] buffer
- * A buffer to hold the value being read.
- * @param[in/out] lengthP
- * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
- * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * this variable will hold upon return the total attribute value length
- * (excluding offset). The application may use this
- * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
- *
- * @note This API is a version of the above, with an additional connection handle
- * parameter to allow fetches for connection-specific multivalued
- * attributes (such as the CCCDs).
- */
- virtual ble_error_t read(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)buffer;
- (void)lengthP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GATT server.
- *
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[in] value
- * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
- * @param[in] size
- * Size of the new value (in bytes).
- * @param[in] localOnly
- * Should this update be kept on the local
- * GATT server regardless of the state of the
- * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
- * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
- * or indication is generated.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t write(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, const uint8_t *value, uint16_t size, bool localOnly = false) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)value;
- (void)size;
- (void)localOnly;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GATT server. A version
- * of the same as the above, with a connection handle parameter to allow updates
- * for connection-specific multivalued attributes (such as the CCCDs).
- *
- * @param[in] connectionHandle
- * Connection handle.
- * @param[in] attributeHandle
- * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
- * @param[in] value
- * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
- * @param[in] size
- * Size of the new value (in bytes).
- * @param[in] localOnly
- * Should this update be kept on the local
- * GattServer regardless of the state of the
- * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
- * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
- * or indication is generated.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t write(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, const uint8_t *value, uint16_t size, bool localOnly = false) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)attributeHandle;
- (void)value;
- (void)size;
- (void)localOnly;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Determine the updates-enabled status (notification or indication) for the current connection from a characteristic's CCCD.
- *
- * @param characteristic
- * The characteristic.
- * @param[out] enabledP
- * Upon return, *enabledP is true if updates are enabled, else false.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the connection and handle are found. False otherwise.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t areUpdatesEnabled(const GattCharacteristic &characteristic, bool *enabledP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)characteristic;
- (void)enabledP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * Determine the connection-specific updates-enabled status (notification or indication) from a characteristic's CCCD.
- *
- * @param connectionHandle
- * The connection handle.
- * @param[out] enabledP
- * Upon return, *enabledP is true if updates are enabled, else false.
- *
- * @param characteristic
- * The characteristic.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the connection and handle are found. False otherwise.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t areUpdatesEnabled(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, const GattCharacteristic &characteristic, bool *enabledP) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)characteristic;
- (void)enabledP;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /**
- * A virtual function to allow underlying stacks to indicate if they support
- * onDataRead(). It should be overridden to return true as applicable.
- */
- virtual bool isOnDataReadAvailable() const {
- return false; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
- }
-
- /*
- * APIs with non-virtual implementations.
- */
-public:
- /**
- * Add a callback for the GATT event DATA_SENT (which is triggered when
- * updates are sent out by GATT in the form of notifications).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataSent callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- */
- void onDataSent(const DataSentCallback_t& callback) {dataSentCallChain.add(callback);}
- template <typename T>
- void onDataSent(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(unsigned count)) {
- dataSentCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief get the callback chain called when the event DATA_EVENT is triggered.
- */
- DataSentCallbackChain_t& onDataSent() {
- return dataSentCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when an attribute has its value updated by or at the
- * connected peer. For a peripheral, this callback is triggered when the local
- * GATT server has an attribute updated by a write command from the peer.
- * For a central, this callback is triggered when a response is received for
- * a write request.
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataWritten callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics. Many services, such as DFU and UART, add their own
- * onDataWritten callbacks behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
- */
- void onDataWritten(const DataWrittenCallback_t& callback) {dataWrittenCallChain.add(callback);}
- template <typename T>
- void onDataWritten(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *context)) {
- dataWrittenCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of data written event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataWritten().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
- * @return The data written event callbacks chain
- */
- DataWrittenCallbackChain_t& onDataWritten() {
- return dataWrittenCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Setup a callback to be invoked on the peripheral when an attribute is
- * being read by a remote client.
- *
- * @Note: This functionality may not be available on all underlying stacks.
- * You could use GattCharacteristic::setReadAuthorizationCallback() as an
- * alternative. Refer to isOnDataReadAvailable().
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataRead callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
- * to characteristics. Services may add their own onDataRead callbacks
- * behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onDataRead().detach(callback)
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED if this functionality isn't available;
- * else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
- */
- ble_error_t onDataRead(const DataReadCallback_t& callback) {
- if (!isOnDataReadAvailable()) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- dataReadCallChain.add(callback);
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
- template <typename T>
- ble_error_t onDataRead(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattReadCallbackParams *context)) {
- if (!isOnDataReadAvailable()) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- dataReadCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of data read event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataRead().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataRead().detach(callback)
- * @return The data read event callbacks chain
- */
- DataReadCallbackChain_t& onDataRead() {
- return dataReadCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Setup a callback to be invoked to notify the user application that the
- * GattServer instance is about to shutdown (possibly as a result of a call
- * to BLE::shutdown()).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onShutdown callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to be notified
- * before the GattServer is shutdown.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- */
- void onShutdown(const GattServerShutdownCallback_t& callback) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(callback);
- }
- template <typename T>
- void onShutdown(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(void)) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of shutdown event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onShutdown().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- * @return The shutdown event callbacks chain
- */
- GattServerShutdownCallbackChain_t& onShutdown() {
- return shutdownCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are enabled for a
- * characteristic on the local GATT server.
- */
- void onUpdatesEnabled(EventCallback_t callback) {updatesEnabledCallback = callback;}
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are disabled for a
- * characteristic on the local GATT server.
- */
- void onUpdatesDisabled(EventCallback_t callback) {updatesDisabledCallback = callback;}
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback for when the GATT server receives a response for an
- * indication event sent previously.
- */
- void onConfirmationReceived(EventCallback_t callback) {confirmationReceivedCallback = callback;}
-
- /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
-protected:
- void handleDataWrittenEvent(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
- dataWrittenCallChain.call(params);
- }
-
- void handleDataReadEvent(const GattReadCallbackParams *params) {
- dataReadCallChain.call(params);
- }
-
- void handleEvent(GattServerEvents::gattEvent_e type, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle) {
- switch (type) {
- case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_ENABLED:
- if (updatesEnabledCallback) {
- updatesEnabledCallback(attributeHandle);
- }
- break;
- case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_DISABLED:
- if (updatesDisabledCallback) {
- updatesDisabledCallback(attributeHandle);
- }
- break;
- case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_CONFIRMATION_RECEIVED:
- if (confirmationReceivedCallback) {
- confirmationReceivedCallback(attributeHandle);
- }
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
-
- void handleDataSentEvent(unsigned count) {
- dataSentCallChain.call(count);
- }
-
-public:
- /**
- * Notify all registered onShutdown callbacks that the GattServer is
- * about to be shutdown and clear all GattServer state of the
- * associated object.
- *
- * This function is meant to be overridden in the platform-specific
- * sub-class. Nevertheless, the sub-class is only expected to reset its
- * state and not the data held in GattServer members. This shall be achieved
- * by a call to GattServer::reset() from the sub-class' reset()
- * implementation.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void) {
- /* Notify that the instance is about to shutdown */
- shutdownCallChain.call(this);
- shutdownCallChain.clear();
-
- serviceCount = 0;
- characteristicCount = 0;
-
- dataSentCallChain.clear();
- dataWrittenCallChain.clear();
- dataReadCallChain.clear();
- updatesEnabledCallback = NULL;
- updatesDisabledCallback = NULL;
- confirmationReceivedCallback = NULL;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
-protected:
- uint8_t serviceCount;
- uint8_t characteristicCount;
-
-private:
- DataSentCallbackChain_t dataSentCallChain;
- DataWrittenCallbackChain_t dataWrittenCallChain;
- DataReadCallbackChain_t dataReadCallChain;
- GattServerShutdownCallbackChain_t shutdownCallChain;
- EventCallback_t updatesEnabledCallback;
- EventCallback_t updatesDisabledCallback;
- EventCallback_t confirmationReceivedCallback;
-
-private:
- /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
- GattServer(const GattServer &);
- GattServer& operator=(const GattServer &);
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __GATT_SERVER_H__
+#define __GATT_SERVER_H__
+
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "GattService.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+#include "GattServerEvents.h"
+#include "GattCallbackParamTypes.h"
+#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
+
+class GattServer {
+public:
+
+ /* Event callback handlers. */
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<unsigned> DataSentCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<unsigned> DataSentCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> DataWrittenCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattWriteCallbackParams*> DataWrittenCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams*> DataReadCallback_t;
+ typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const GattReadCallbackParams *> DataReadCallbackChain_t;
+
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<GattAttribute::Handle_t> EventCallback_t;
+
+protected:
+ GattServer() :
+ serviceCount(0),
+ characteristicCount(0),
+ dataSentCallChain(),
+ dataWrittenCallChain(),
+ dataReadCallChain(),
+ updatesEnabledCallback(NULL),
+ updatesDisabledCallback(NULL),
+ confirmationReceivedCallback(NULL) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
+ */
+public:
+
+ /**
+ * Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table. Also add the
+ * characteristics contained within.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t addService(GattService &service) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)service;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GATT server.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[out] buffer
+ * A buffer to hold the value being read.
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
+ * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * this variable will hold upon return the total attribute value length
+ * (excluding offset). The application may use this
+ * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t read(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *lengthP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)buffer;
+ (void)lengthP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Read the value of a characteristic from the local GATT server.
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle
+ * Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Attribute handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[out] buffer
+ * A buffer to hold the value being read.
+ * @param[in/out] lengthP
+ * Length of the buffer being supplied. If the attribute
+ * value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * this variable will hold upon return the total attribute value length
+ * (excluding offset). The application may use this
+ * information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if a value was read successfully into the buffer.
+ *
+ * @note This API is a version of the above, with an additional connection handle
+ * parameter to allow fetches for connection-specific multivalued
+ * attributes (such as the CCCDs).
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t read(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, uint8_t *buffer, uint16_t *lengthP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)buffer;
+ (void)lengthP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GATT server.
+ *
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[in] value
+ * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
+ * @param[in] size
+ * Size of the new value (in bytes).
+ * @param[in] localOnly
+ * Should this update be kept on the local
+ * GATT server regardless of the state of the
+ * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
+ * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
+ * or indication is generated.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t write(GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, const uint8_t *value, uint16_t size, bool localOnly = false) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)value;
+ (void)size;
+ (void)localOnly;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Update the value of a characteristic on the local GATT server. A version
+ * of the same as the above, with a connection handle parameter to allow updates
+ * for connection-specific multivalued attributes (such as the CCCDs).
+ *
+ * @param[in] connectionHandle
+ * Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] attributeHandle
+ * Handle for the value attribute of the characteristic.
+ * @param[in] value
+ * A pointer to a buffer holding the new value.
+ * @param[in] size
+ * Size of the new value (in bytes).
+ * @param[in] localOnly
+ * Should this update be kept on the local
+ * GattServer regardless of the state of the
+ * notify/indicate flag in the CCCD for this
+ * Characteristic? If set to true, no notification
+ * or indication is generated.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if we have successfully set the value of the attribute.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t write(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle, const uint8_t *value, uint16_t size, bool localOnly = false) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)attributeHandle;
+ (void)value;
+ (void)size;
+ (void)localOnly;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine the updates-enabled status (notification or indication) for the current connection from a characteristic's CCCD.
+ *
+ * @param characteristic
+ * The characteristic.
+ * @param[out] enabledP
+ * Upon return, *enabledP is true if updates are enabled, else false.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the connection and handle are found. False otherwise.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t areUpdatesEnabled(const GattCharacteristic &characteristic, bool *enabledP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)characteristic;
+ (void)enabledP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Determine the connection-specific updates-enabled status (notification or indication) from a characteristic's CCCD.
+ *
+ * @param connectionHandle
+ * The connection handle.
+ * @param[out] enabledP
+ * Upon return, *enabledP is true if updates are enabled, else false.
+ *
+ * @param characteristic
+ * The characteristic.
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE if the connection and handle are found. False otherwise.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t areUpdatesEnabled(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, const GattCharacteristic &characteristic, bool *enabledP) {
+ /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
+ (void)connectionHandle;
+ (void)characteristic;
+ (void)enabledP;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * A virtual function to allow underlying stacks to indicate if they support
+ * onDataRead(). It should be overridden to return true as applicable.
+ */
+ virtual bool isOnDataReadAvailable() const {
+ return false; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if this capability is supported. */
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * APIs with non-virtual implementations.
+ */
+public:
+ /**
+ * Add a callback for the GATT event DATA_SENT (which is triggered when
+ * updates are sent out by GATT in the form of notifications).
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataSent callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ */
+ void onDataSent(const DataSentCallback_t& callback) {dataSentCallChain.add(callback);}
+ template <typename T>
+ void onDataSent(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(unsigned count)) {
+ dataSentCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief get the callback chain called when the event DATA_EVENT is triggered.
+ */
+ DataSentCallbackChain_t& onDataSent() {
+ return dataSentCallChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when an attribute has its value updated by or at the
+ * connected peer. For a peripheral, this callback is triggered when the local
+ * GATT server has an attribute updated by a write command from the peer.
+ * For a central, this callback is triggered when a response is received for
+ * a write request.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataWritten callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics. Many services, such as DFU and UART, add their own
+ * onDataWritten callbacks behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ *
+ * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
+ */
+ void onDataWritten(const DataWrittenCallback_t& callback) {dataWrittenCallChain.add(callback);}
+ template <typename T>
+ void onDataWritten(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattWriteCallbackParams *context)) {
+ dataWrittenCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of data written event callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataWritten().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataWritten().detach(callback)
+ * @return The data written event callbacks chain
+ */
+ DataWrittenCallbackChain_t& onDataWritten() {
+ return dataWrittenCallChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Setup a callback to be invoked on the peripheral when an attribute is
+ * being read by a remote client.
+ *
+ * @Note: This functionality may not be available on all underlying stacks.
+ * You could use GattCharacteristic::setReadAuthorizationCallback() as an
+ * alternative. Refer to isOnDataReadAvailable().
+ *
+ * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onDataRead callbacks
+ * (potentially from different modules of an application) to receive updates
+ * to characteristics. Services may add their own onDataRead callbacks
+ * behind the scenes to trap interesting events.
+ *
+ * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
+ * some object.
+ *
+ * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onDataRead().detach(callback)
+ *
+ * @return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED if this functionality isn't available;
+ * else BLE_ERROR_NONE.
+ */
+ ble_error_t onDataRead(const DataReadCallback_t& callback) {
+ if (!isOnDataReadAvailable()) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+ }
+
+ dataReadCallChain.add(callback);
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+ template <typename T>
+ ble_error_t onDataRead(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(const GattReadCallbackParams *context)) {
+ if (!isOnDataReadAvailable()) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+ }
+
+ dataReadCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief provide access to the callchain of data read event callbacks
+ * It is possible to register callbacks using onDataRead().add(callback);
+ * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onDataRead().detach(callback)
+ * @return The data read event callbacks chain
+ */
+ DataReadCallbackChain_t& onDataRead() {
+ return dataReadCallChain;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are enabled for a
+ * characteristic on the local GATT server.
+ */
+ void onUpdatesEnabled(EventCallback_t callback) {updatesEnabledCallback = callback;}
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when notifications or indications are disabled for a
+ * characteristic on the local GATT server.
+ */
+ void onUpdatesDisabled(EventCallback_t callback) {updatesDisabledCallback = callback;}
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback for when the GATT server receives a response for an
+ * indication event sent previously.
+ */
+ void onConfirmationReceived(EventCallback_t callback) {confirmationReceivedCallback = callback;}
+
+ /* Entry points for the underlying stack to report events back to the user. */
+protected:
+ void handleDataWrittenEvent(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
+ dataWrittenCallChain.call(params);
+ }
+
+ void handleDataReadEvent(const GattReadCallbackParams *params) {
+ dataReadCallChain.call(params);
+ }
+
+ void handleEvent(GattServerEvents::gattEvent_e type, GattAttribute::Handle_t attributeHandle) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_ENABLED:
+ if (updatesEnabledCallback) {
+ updatesEnabledCallback(attributeHandle);
+ }
+ break;
+ case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_DISABLED:
+ if (updatesDisabledCallback) {
+ updatesDisabledCallback(attributeHandle);
+ }
+ break;
+ case GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_CONFIRMATION_RECEIVED:
+ if (confirmationReceivedCallback) {
+ confirmationReceivedCallback(attributeHandle);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ void handleDataSentEvent(unsigned count) {
+ dataSentCallChain.call(count);
+ }
+
+protected:
+ uint8_t serviceCount;
+ uint8_t characteristicCount;
+
+private:
+ DataSentCallbackChain_t dataSentCallChain;
+ DataWrittenCallbackChain_t dataWrittenCallChain;
+ DataReadCallbackChain_t dataReadCallChain;
+ EventCallback_t updatesEnabledCallback;
+ EventCallback_t updatesDisabledCallback;
+ EventCallback_t confirmationReceivedCallback;
+
+private:
+ /* Disallow copy and assignment. */
+ GattServer(const GattServer &);
+ GattServer& operator=(const GattServer &);
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __GATT_SERVER_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/SecurityManager.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/SecurityManager.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
#include <stdint.h>
#include "Gap.h"
-#include "CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext.h"
class SecurityManager {
public:
@@ -83,9 +82,6 @@
typedef void (*LinkSecuredCallback_t)(Gap::Handle_t handle, SecurityMode_t securityMode);
typedef void (*PasskeyDisplayCallback_t)(Gap::Handle_t handle, const Passkey_t passkey);
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const SecurityManager *> SecurityManagerShutdownCallback_t;
- typedef CallChainOfFunctionPointersWithContext<const SecurityManager *> SecurityManagerShutdownCallbackChain_t;
-
/*
* The following functions are meant to be overridden in the platform-specific sub-class.
*/
@@ -124,7 +120,7 @@
* @param[in] connectionHandle Handle to identify the connection.
* @param[out] securityStatusP Security status.
*
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE or appropriate error code indicating the failure reason.
+ * @return BLE_SUCCESS or appropriate error code indicating the failure reason.
*/
virtual ble_error_t getLinkSecurity(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, LinkSecurityStatus_t *securityStatusP) {
/* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
@@ -135,23 +131,6 @@
}
/**
- * Set the security mode on a connection. Useful for elevating the security mode
- * once certain conditions are met, e.g., a particular service is found.
- *
- * @param[in] connectionHandle Handle to identify the connection.
- * @param[in] securityMode Requested security mode.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE or appropriate error code indicating the failure reason.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t setLinkSecurity(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle, SecurityMode_t securityMode) {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables. */
- (void)connectionHandle;
- (void)securityMode;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /**
* Delete all peer device context and all related bonding information from
* the database within the security manager.
*
@@ -163,63 +142,9 @@
return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if security is supported. */
}
- /**
- * Get a list of addresses from all peers in the bond table.
- *
- * @param[in/out] addresses
- * (on input) addresses.capacity contains the maximum
- * number of addresses to be returned.
- * (on output) The populated table with copies of the
- * addresses in the implementation's whitelist.
- *
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization or
- * application registration.
- *
- * @experimental
- */
- virtual ble_error_t getAddressesFromBondTable(Gap::Whitelist_t &addresses) const {
- /* Avoid compiler warnings about unused variables */
- (void) addresses;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* Requesting action from porters: override this API if security is supported. */
- }
-
/* Event callback handlers. */
public:
/**
- * Setup a callback to be invoked to notify the user application that the
- * SecurityManager instance is about to shutdown (possibly as a result of a call
- * to BLE::shutdown()).
- *
- * @Note: It is possible to chain together multiple onShutdown callbacks
- * (potentially from different modules of an application) to be notified
- * before the SecurityManager is shutdown.
- *
- * @Note: It is also possible to set up a callback into a member function of
- * some object.
- *
- * @Note It is possible to unregister a callback using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- */
- void onShutdown(const SecurityManagerShutdownCallback_t& callback) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(callback);
- }
- template <typename T>
- void onShutdown(T *objPtr, void (T::*memberPtr)(void)) {
- shutdownCallChain.add(objPtr, memberPtr);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief provide access to the callchain of shutdown event callbacks
- * It is possible to register callbacks using onShutdown().add(callback);
- * It is possible to unregister callbacks using onShutdown().detach(callback)
- * @return The shutdown event callbacks chain
- */
- SecurityManagerShutdownCallbackChain_t& onShutdown() {
- return shutdownCallChain;
- }
-
- /**
* To indicate that a security procedure for the link has started.
*/
virtual void onSecuritySetupInitiated(SecuritySetupInitiatedCallback_t callback) {securitySetupInitiatedCallback = callback;}
@@ -289,43 +214,12 @@
/* empty */
}
-public:
- /**
- * Notify all registered onShutdown callbacks that the SecurityManager is
- * about to be shutdown and clear all SecurityManager state of the
- * associated object.
- *
- * This function is meant to be overridden in the platform-specific
- * sub-class. Nevertheless, the sub-class is only expected to reset its
- * state and not the data held in SecurityManager members. This shall be
- * achieved by a call to SecurityManager::reset() from the sub-class'
- * reset() implementation.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void) {
- /* Notify that the instance is about to shutdown */
- shutdownCallChain.call(this);
- shutdownCallChain.clear();
-
- securitySetupInitiatedCallback = NULL;
- securitySetupCompletedCallback = NULL;
- linkSecuredCallback = NULL;
- securityContextStoredCallback = NULL;
- passkeyDisplayCallback = NULL;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
protected:
SecuritySetupInitiatedCallback_t securitySetupInitiatedCallback;
SecuritySetupCompletedCallback_t securitySetupCompletedCallback;
LinkSecuredCallback_t linkSecuredCallback;
HandleSpecificEvent_t securityContextStoredCallback;
PasskeyDisplayCallback_t passkeyDisplayCallback;
-
-private:
- SecurityManagerShutdownCallbackChain_t shutdownCallChain;
};
#endif /*__SECURITY_MANAGER_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/ServiceDiscovery.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/ServiceDiscovery.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,164 +1,143 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERVICE_DISOVERY_H__
-#define __SERVICE_DISOVERY_H__
-
-#include "UUID.h"
-#include "Gap.h"
-#include "GattAttribute.h"
-
-class DiscoveredService;
-class DiscoveredCharacteristic;
-
-class ServiceDiscovery {
-public:
- /*
- * Exposed application callback types.
- */
-
- /**
- * Callback type for when a matching service is found during service-
- * discovery. The receiving function is passed in a pointer to a
- * DiscoveredService object, which will remain valid for the lifetime of the
- * callback. Memory for this object is owned by the BLE_API eventing
- * framework. The application can safely make a persistent shallow-copy of
- * this object to work with the service beyond the callback.
- */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DiscoveredService *> ServiceCallback_t;
-
- /**
- * Callback type for when a matching characteristic is found during service-
- * discovery. The receiving function is passed in a pointer to a
- * DiscoveredCharacteristic object, which will remain valid for the lifetime
- * of the callback. Memory for this object is owned by the BLE_API eventing
- * framework. The application can safely make a persistent shallow-copy of
- * this object to work with the characteristic beyond the callback.
- */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DiscoveredCharacteristic *> CharacteristicCallback_t;
-
- /**
- * Callback type for when serviceDiscovery terminates.
- */
- typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<Gap::Handle_t> TerminationCallback_t;
-
-public:
- /**
- * Launch service discovery. Once launched, service discovery will remain
- * active with callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
- * services or characteristics. isActive() can be used to determine status, and
- * a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked at the end. Service
- * discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed, using terminate().
- *
- * @param connectionHandle
- * Handle for the connection with the peer.
- * @param sc
- * This is the application callback for a matching service. Taken as
- * NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be active
- * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
- * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
- * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
- * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
- * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * service.
- * @param cc
- * This is the application callback for a matching characteristic.
- * Taken as NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be
- * active when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous
- * BLE-stack APIs from within this application callback might cause
- * the stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue,
- * it may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredCharacteristic
- * and wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
- * characteristic.
- * @param matchingServiceUUID
- * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
- * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
- * in which case it matches all services. If characteristic-UUID
- * filter (below) is set to the wildcard value, then a service
- * callback will be invoked for the matching service (or for every
- * service if the service filter is a wildcard).
- * @param matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn
- * UUID-based filter for specifying a characteristic in which the application
- * is interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UKNOWN
- * to match against any characteristic. If both service-UUID
- * filter and characteristic-UUID filter are used with non-wildcard
- * values, then only a single characteristic callback is
- * invoked for the matching characteristic.
- *
- * @note Using wildcard values for both service-UUID and characteristic-
- * UUID will result in complete service discovery: callbacks being
- * called for every service and characteristic.
- *
- * @note Providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
- * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
- * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
- * services.
- *
- * @return
- * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t launch(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
- ServiceCallback_t sc = NULL,
- CharacteristicCallback_t cc = NULL,
- const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN),
- const UUID &matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) = 0;
-
- /**
- * Is service-discovery currently active?
- */
- virtual bool isActive(void) const = 0;
-
- /**
- * Terminate an ongoing service discovery. This should result in an
- * invocation of the TerminationCallback if service discovery is active.
- */
- virtual void terminate(void) = 0;
-
- /**
- * Set up a callback to be invoked when service discovery is terminated.
- */
- virtual void onTermination(TerminationCallback_t callback) = 0;
-
- /**
- * Clear all ServiceDiscovery state of the associated object.
- *
- * This function is meant to be overridden in the platform-specific
- * sub-class. Nevertheless, the sub-class is only expected to reset its
- * state and not the data held in ServiceDiscovery members. This shall be
- * achieved by a call to ServiceDiscovery::reset() from the sub-class'
- * reset() implementation.
- *
- * @return BLE_ERROR_NONE on success.
- */
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void) {
- connHandle = 0;
- matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN);
- serviceCallback = NULL;
- matchingCharacteristicUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN);
- characteristicCallback = NULL;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
-protected:
- Gap::Handle_t connHandle; /**< Connection handle as provided by the SoftDevice. */
- UUID matchingServiceUUID;
- ServiceCallback_t serviceCallback;
- UUID matchingCharacteristicUUID;
- CharacteristicCallback_t characteristicCallback;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERVICE_DISOVERY_H__
+#define __SERVICE_DISOVERY_H__
+
+#include "UUID.h"
+#include "Gap.h"
+#include "GattAttribute.h"
+
+class DiscoveredService;
+class DiscoveredCharacteristic;
+
+class ServiceDiscovery {
+public:
+ /*
+ * Exposed application callback types.
+ */
+
+ /**
+ * Callback type for when a matching service is found during service-
+ * discovery. The receiving function is passed in a pointer to a
+ * DiscoveredService object, which will remain valid for the lifetime of the
+ * callback. Memory for this object is owned by the BLE_API eventing
+ * framework. The application can safely make a persistent shallow-copy of
+ * this object to work with the service beyond the callback.
+ */
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DiscoveredService *> ServiceCallback_t;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback type for when a matching characteristic is found during service-
+ * discovery. The receiving function is passed in a pointer to a
+ * DiscoveredCharacteristic object, which will remain valid for the lifetime
+ * of the callback. Memory for this object is owned by the BLE_API eventing
+ * framework. The application can safely make a persistent shallow-copy of
+ * this object to work with the characteristic beyond the callback.
+ */
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<const DiscoveredCharacteristic *> CharacteristicCallback_t;
+
+ /**
+ * Callback type for when serviceDiscovery terminates.
+ */
+ typedef FunctionPointerWithContext<Gap::Handle_t> TerminationCallback_t;
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Launch service discovery. Once launched, service discovery will remain
+ * active with callbacks being issued back into the application for matching
+ * services or characteristics. isActive() can be used to determine status, and
+ * a termination callback (if set up) will be invoked at the end. Service
+ * discovery can be terminated prematurely, if needed, using terminate().
+ *
+ * @param connectionHandle
+ * Handle for the connection with the peer.
+ * @param sc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching service. Taken as
+ * NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be active
+ * when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous BLE-stack
+ * APIs from within this application callback might cause the
+ * stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue, it
+ * may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredService and
+ * wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * service.
+ * @param cc
+ * This is the application callback for a matching characteristic.
+ * Taken as NULL by default. Note: service discovery may still be
+ * active when this callback is issued; calling asynchronous
+ * BLE-stack APIs from within this application callback might cause
+ * the stack to abort service discovery. If this becomes an issue,
+ * it may be better to make a local copy of the discoveredCharacteristic
+ * and wait for service discovery to terminate before operating on the
+ * characteristic.
+ * @param matchingServiceUUID
+ * UUID-based filter for specifying a service in which the application is
+ * interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UNKNOWN,
+ * in which case it matches all services. If characteristic-UUID
+ * filter (below) is set to the wildcard value, then a service
+ * callback will be invoked for the matching service (or for every
+ * service if the service filter is a wildcard).
+ * @param matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn
+ * UUID-based filter for specifying a characteristic in which the application
+ * is interested. By default it is set as the wildcard UUID_UKNOWN
+ * to match against any characteristic. If both service-UUID
+ * filter and characteristic-UUID filter are used with non-wildcard
+ * values, then only a single characteristic callback is
+ * invoked for the matching characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note Using wildcard values for both service-UUID and characteristic-
+ * UUID will result in complete service discovery: callbacks being
+ * called for every service and characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note Providing NULL for the characteristic callback will result in
+ * characteristic discovery being skipped for each matching
+ * service. This allows for an inexpensive method to discover only
+ * services.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * BLE_ERROR_NONE if service discovery is launched successfully; else an appropriate error.
+ */
+ virtual ble_error_t launch(Gap::Handle_t connectionHandle,
+ ServiceCallback_t sc = NULL,
+ CharacteristicCallback_t cc = NULL,
+ const UUID &matchingServiceUUID = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN),
+ const UUID &matchingCharacteristicUUIDIn = UUID::ShortUUIDBytes_t(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN)) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Is service-discovery currently active?
+ */
+ virtual bool isActive(void) const = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Terminate an ongoing service discovery. This should result in an
+ * invocation of the TerminationCallback if service discovery is active.
+ */
+ virtual void terminate(void) = 0;
+
+ /**
+ * Set up a callback to be invoked when service discovery is terminated.
+ */
+ virtual void onTermination(TerminationCallback_t callback) = 0;
+
+protected:
+ Gap::Handle_t connHandle; /**< Connection handle as provided by the SoftDevice. */
+ UUID matchingServiceUUID;
+ ServiceCallback_t serviceCallback;
+ UUID matchingCharacteristicUUID;
+ CharacteristicCallback_t characteristicCallback;
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __SERVICE_DISOVERY_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/UUID.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/UUID.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,227 +1,143 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __UUID_H__
-#define __UUID_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <algorithm>
-
-#include "blecommon.h"
-
-/**
- * A trivial converter for single hexadecimal character to unsigned-int.
- * @param c hexadecimal character.
- * @return the corresponding value as unsigned int.
- */
-static uint8_t char2int(char c) {
- if ((c >= '0') && (c <= '9')) {
- return c - '0';
- } else if ((c >= 'a') && (c <= 'f')) {
- return c - 'a' + 10;
- } else if ((c >= 'A') && (c <= 'F')) {
- return c - 'A' + 10;
- } else {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-class UUID {
-public:
- enum UUID_Type_t {
- UUID_TYPE_SHORT = 0, // Short BLE UUID.
- UUID_TYPE_LONG = 1 // Full 128-bit UUID.
- };
-
- /**
- * An enumeration to specify byte ordering of the long version of the UUID.
- */
- typedef enum {
- MSB, /*!< Most-significant byte first (at the smallest address) */
- LSB /*!< least-significant byte first (at the smallest address) */
- } ByteOrder_t;
-
- typedef uint16_t ShortUUIDBytes_t;
-
- static const unsigned LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID = 16;
- typedef uint8_t LongUUIDBytes_t[LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID];
-
- static const unsigned MAX_UUID_STRING_LENGTH = LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID * 2 + 4;
-
-public:
-
- /**
- * Creates a new 128-bit UUID.
- *
- * @note The UUID is a unique 128-bit (16 byte) ID used to identify
- * different service or characteristics on the BLE device.
- *
- * @param stringUUID
- * The 128-bit (16-byte) UUID as a human readable const-string.
- * Format: XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX
- * Upper and lower case supported. Hyphens are optional, but only
- * upto four of them. The UUID is stored internally as a 16 byte
- * array, LSB (little endian), which is opposite from the string.
- */
- UUID(const char* stringUUID) : type(UUID_TYPE_LONG), baseUUID(), shortUUID(0) {
- bool nibble = false;
- uint8_t byte = 0;
- size_t baseIndex = 0;
- uint8_t tempUUID[LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID];
-
- // Iterate through string, abort if NULL is encountered prematurely.
- // Ignore upto four hyphens.
- for (size_t index = 0; (index < MAX_UUID_STRING_LENGTH) && (baseIndex < LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID); index++) {
- if (stringUUID[index] == '\0') {
- // error abort
- break;
- } else if (stringUUID[index] == '-') {
- // ignore hyphen
- continue;
- } else if (nibble) {
- // got second nibble
- byte |= char2int(stringUUID[index]);
- nibble = false;
-
- // store copy
- tempUUID[baseIndex++] = byte;
- } else {
- // got first nibble
- byte = char2int(stringUUID[index]) << 4;
- nibble = true;
- }
- }
-
- // populate internal variables if string was successfully parsed
- if (baseIndex == LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID) {
- setupLong(tempUUID, UUID::MSB);
- } else {
- const uint8_t sig[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00,
- 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5F, 0x9B, 0x34, 0xFB };
- setupLong(sig, UUID::MSB);
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * Creates a new 128-bit UUID.
- *
- * @note The UUID is a unique 128-bit (16 byte) ID used to identify
- * different service or characteristics on the BLE device.
- *
- * @param longUUID
- * The 128-bit (16-byte) UUID value.
- * @param order
- * The bit order of the UUID, MSB by default.
- */
- UUID(const LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID, ByteOrder_t order = UUID::MSB) : type(UUID_TYPE_LONG), baseUUID(), shortUUID(0) {
- setupLong(longUUID, order);
- }
-
- /**
- * Creates a new 16-bit UUID.
- *
- * @note The UUID is a unique 16-bit (2 byte) ID used to identify
- * different service or characteristics on the BLE device.
- *
- * For efficiency, and because 16 bytes would take a large chunk of the
- * 27-byte data payload length of the Link Layer, the BLE specification adds
- * two additional UUID formats: 16-bit and 32-bit UUIDs. These shortened
- * formats can be used only with UUIDs that are defined in the Bluetooth
- * specification (listed by the Bluetooth SIG as standard
- * Bluetooth UUIDs).
- *
- * To reconstruct the full 128-bit UUID from the shortened version, insert
- * the 16-bit short value (indicated by xxxx, including leading zeros) into
- * the Bluetooth Base UUID:
- *
- * 0000xxxx-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB
- *
- * @note Shortening is not available for UUIDs that are not derived from the
- * Bluetooth Base UUID. Such non-standard UUIDs are commonly called
- * vendor-specific UUIDs. In these cases, you’ll need to use the full
- * 128-bit UUID value at all times.
- *
- * @note We don't yet support 32-bit shortened UUIDs.
- */
- UUID(ShortUUIDBytes_t _shortUUID) : type(UUID_TYPE_SHORT), baseUUID(), shortUUID(_shortUUID) {
- /* Empty */
- }
-
- UUID(const UUID &source) {
- type = source.type;
- shortUUID = source.shortUUID;
- memcpy(baseUUID, source.baseUUID, LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
- }
-
- UUID(void) : type(UUID_TYPE_SHORT), shortUUID(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN) {
- /* empty */
- }
-
- /**
- * Fill in a 128-bit UUID; this is useful when the UUID isn't known at the time of the object construction.
- */
- void setupLong(const LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID, ByteOrder_t order = UUID::MSB) {
- type = UUID_TYPE_LONG;
- if (order == UUID::MSB) {
- // Switch endian. Input is big-endian, internal representation is little endian.
- std::reverse_copy(longUUID, longUUID + LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID, baseUUID);
- } else {
- std::copy(longUUID, longUUID + LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID, baseUUID);
- }
- shortUUID = (uint16_t)((baseUUID[13] << 8) | (baseUUID[12]));
- }
-
-public:
- UUID_Type_t shortOrLong(void) const {return type; }
- const uint8_t *getBaseUUID(void) const {
- if (type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) {
- return (const uint8_t*)&shortUUID;
- } else {
- return baseUUID;
- }
- }
-
- ShortUUIDBytes_t getShortUUID(void) const {return shortUUID;}
- uint8_t getLen(void) const {
- return ((type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) ? sizeof(ShortUUIDBytes_t) : LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
- }
-
- bool operator== (const UUID &other) const {
- if ((this->type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) && (other.type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) &&
- (this->shortUUID == other.shortUUID)) {
- return true;
- }
-
- if ((this->type == UUID_TYPE_LONG) && (other.type == UUID_TYPE_LONG) &&
- (memcmp(this->baseUUID, other.baseUUID, LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID) == 0)) {
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- bool operator!= (const UUID &other) const {
- return !(*this == other);
- }
-
-private:
- UUID_Type_t type; // UUID_TYPE_SHORT or UUID_TYPE_LONG
- LongUUIDBytes_t baseUUID; // The long UUID
- ShortUUIDBytes_t shortUUID; // 16 bit UUID
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __UUID_H__
+#define __UUID_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "blecommon.h"
+
+class UUID {
+public:
+ enum UUID_Type_t {
+ UUID_TYPE_SHORT = 0, // Short BLE UUID.
+ UUID_TYPE_LONG = 1 // Full 128-bit UUID.
+ };
+
+ typedef uint16_t ShortUUIDBytes_t;
+
+ static const unsigned LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID = 16;
+ typedef uint8_t LongUUIDBytes_t[LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID];
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * Creates a new 128-bit UUID.
+ *
+ * @note The UUID is a unique 128-bit (16 byte) ID used to identify
+ * different service or characteristics on the BLE device.
+ *
+ * @param longUUID
+ * The 128-bit (16-byte) UUID value, MSB first (big-endian).
+ */
+ UUID(const LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID) : type(UUID_TYPE_LONG), baseUUID(), shortUUID(0) {
+ setupLong(longUUID);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Creates a new 16-bit UUID.
+ *
+ * @note The UUID is a unique 16-bit (2 byte) ID used to identify
+ * different service or characteristics on the BLE device.
+ *
+ * For efficiency, and because 16 bytes would take a large chunk of the
+ * 27-byte data payload length of the Link Layer, the BLE specification adds
+ * two additional UUID formats: 16-bit and 32-bit UUIDs. These shortened
+ * formats can be used only with UUIDs that are defined in the Bluetooth
+ * specification (listed by the Bluetooth SIG as standard
+ * Bluetooth UUIDs).
+ *
+ * To reconstruct the full 128-bit UUID from the shortened version, insert
+ * the 16-bit short value (indicated by xxxx, including leading zeros) into
+ * the Bluetooth Base UUID:
+ *
+ * 0000xxxx-0000-1000-8000-00805F9B34FB
+ *
+ * @note Shortening is not available for UUIDs that are not derived from the
+ * Bluetooth Base UUID. Such non-standard UUIDs are commonly called
+ * vendor-specific UUIDs. In these cases, you’ll need to use the full
+ * 128-bit UUID value at all times.
+ *
+ * @note We don't yet support 32-bit shortened UUIDs.
+ */
+ UUID(ShortUUIDBytes_t _shortUUID) : type(UUID_TYPE_SHORT), baseUUID(), shortUUID(_shortUUID) {
+ /* Empty */
+ }
+
+ UUID(const UUID &source) {
+ type = source.type;
+ shortUUID = source.shortUUID;
+ memcpy(baseUUID, source.baseUUID, LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
+ }
+
+ UUID(void) : type(UUID_TYPE_SHORT), shortUUID(BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN) {
+ /* empty */
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Fill in a 128-bit UUID; this is useful when the UUID isn't known at the time of the object construction.
+ */
+ void setupLong(const LongUUIDBytes_t longUUID) {
+ type = UUID_TYPE_LONG;
+ memcpy(baseUUID, longUUID, LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
+ shortUUID = (uint16_t)((longUUID[2] << 8) | (longUUID[3]));
+ }
+
+public:
+ UUID_Type_t shortOrLong(void) const {return type; }
+ const uint8_t *getBaseUUID(void) const {
+ if (type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) {
+ return (const uint8_t*)&shortUUID;
+ } else {
+ return baseUUID;
+ }
+ }
+
+ ShortUUIDBytes_t getShortUUID(void) const {return shortUUID;}
+ uint8_t getLen(void) const {
+ return ((type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) ? sizeof(ShortUUIDBytes_t) : LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
+ }
+
+ bool operator== (const UUID &other) const {
+ if ((this->type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) && (other.type == UUID_TYPE_SHORT) &&
+ (this->shortUUID == other.shortUUID)) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if ((this->type == UUID_TYPE_LONG) && (other.type == UUID_TYPE_LONG) &&
+ (memcmp(this->baseUUID, other.baseUUID, LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID) == 0)) {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ bool operator!= (const UUID &other) const {
+ return !(*this == other);
+ }
+
+private:
+ UUID_Type_t type; // UUID_TYPE_SHORT or UUID_TYPE_LONG
+ LongUUIDBytes_t baseUUID; /* The base of the long UUID (if
+ * used). Note: bytes 12 and 13 (counting from LSB)
+ * are zeroed out to allow comparison with other long
+ * UUIDs, which differ only in the 16-bit relative
+ * part.*/
+ ShortUUIDBytes_t shortUUID; // 16 bit UUID (byte 2-3 using with base).
+};
+
#endif // ifndef __UUID_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/blecommon.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/blecommon.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,81 +1,136 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_COMMON_H__
-#define __BLE_COMMON_H__
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-
-/*! @brief Assigned values for BLE UUIDs. */
-enum {
- BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN = 0x0000, /**< Reserved UUID. */
- BLE_UUID_SERVICE_PRIMARY = 0x2800, /**< Primary Service. */
- BLE_UUID_SERVICE_SECONDARY = 0x2801, /**< Secondary Service. */
- BLE_UUID_SERVICE_INCLUDE = 0x2802, /**< Include. */
- BLE_UUID_CHARACTERISTIC = 0x2803, /**< Characteristic. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_EXT_PROP = 0x2900, /**< Characteristic Extended Properties Descriptor. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_USER_DESC = 0x2901, /**< Characteristic User Description Descriptor. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CLIENT_CHAR_CONFIG = 0x2902, /**< Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_SERVER_CHAR_CONFIG = 0x2903, /**< Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_PRESENTATION_FORMAT = 0x2904, /**< Characteristic Presentation Format Descriptor. */
- BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_AGGREGATE_FORMAT = 0x2905, /**< Characteristic Aggregate Format Descriptor. */
-
-/* GATT specific UUIDs */
- BLE_UUID_GATT = 0x1801, /**< Generic Attribute Profile. */
- BLE_UUID_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_SERVICE_CHANGED = 0x2A05, /**< Service Changed Characteristic. */
-
-/* GAP specific UUIDs */
- BLE_UUID_GAP = 0x1800, /**< Generic Access Profile. */
- BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_DEVICE_NAME = 0x2A00, /**< Device Name Characteristic. */
- BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_APPEARANCE = 0x2A01, /**< Appearance Characteristic. */
- BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_PPF = 0x2A02, /**< Peripheral Privacy Flag Characteristic. */
- BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_RECONN_ADDR = 0x2A03, /**< Reconnection Address Characteristic. */
- BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_PPCP = 0x2A04, /**< Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters Characteristic. */
-};
-
-/*! @brief Error codes for the BLE API. */
-enum ble_error_t {
- BLE_ERROR_NONE = 0, /**< No error. */
- BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = 1, /**< The requested action would cause a buffer overflow and has been aborted. */
- BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 2, /**< Requested a feature that isn't yet implemented or isn't supported by the target HW. */
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE = 3, /**< One of the supplied parameters is outside the valid range. */
- BLE_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM = 4, /**< One of the supplied parameters is invalid. */
- BLE_STACK_BUSY = 5, /**< The stack is busy. */
- BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE = 6, /**< Invalid state. */
- BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM = 7, /**< Out of memory */
- BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED = 8,
- BLE_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_INCOMPLETE = 9,
- BLE_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = 10,
- BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED = 11, /**< Unknown error. */
- BLE_ERROR_INTERNAL_STACK_FAILURE = 12, /**< The platform-specific stack failed */
-};
-
-/** @brief Default MTU size. */
-static const unsigned BLE_GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT = 23;
-
-enum HVXType_t {
- BLE_HVX_NOTIFICATION = 0x01, /**< Handle Value Notification. */
- BLE_HVX_INDICATION = 0x02, /**< Handle Value Indication. */
-};
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BLE_COMMON_H__
+#define __BLE_COMMON_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*! @brief Assigned values for BLE UUIDs. */
+enum {
+ BLE_UUID_UNKNOWN = 0x0000, /**< Reserved UUID. */
+ BLE_UUID_SERVICE_PRIMARY = 0x2800, /**< Primary Service. */
+ BLE_UUID_SERVICE_SECONDARY = 0x2801, /**< Secondary Service. */
+ BLE_UUID_SERVICE_INCLUDE = 0x2802, /**< Include. */
+ BLE_UUID_CHARACTERISTIC = 0x2803, /**< Characteristic. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_EXT_PROP = 0x2900, /**< Characteristic Extended Properties Descriptor. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_USER_DESC = 0x2901, /**< Characteristic User Description Descriptor. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CLIENT_CHAR_CONFIG = 0x2902, /**< Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_SERVER_CHAR_CONFIG = 0x2903, /**< Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_PRESENTATION_FORMAT = 0x2904, /**< Characteristic Presentation Format Descriptor. */
+ BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CHAR_AGGREGATE_FORMAT = 0x2905, /**< Characteristic Aggregate Format Descriptor. */
+
+/* GATT specific UUIDs */
+ BLE_UUID_GATT = 0x1801, /**< Generic Attribute Profile. */
+ BLE_UUID_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_SERVICE_CHANGED = 0x2A05, /**< Service Changed Characteristic. */
+
+/* GAP specific UUIDs */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP = 0x1800, /**< Generic Access Profile. */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_DEVICE_NAME = 0x2A00, /**< Device Name Characteristic. */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_APPEARANCE = 0x2A01, /**< Appearance Characteristic. */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_PPF = 0x2A02, /**< Peripheral Privacy Flag Characteristic. */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_RECONN_ADDR = 0x2A03, /**< Reconnection Address Characteristic. */
+ BLE_UUID_GAP_CHARACTERISTIC_PPCP = 0x2A04, /**< Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters Characteristic. */
+};
+
+/*! Bluetooth appearance values.
+ * @note Retrieved from http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.gap.appearance.xml
+ */
+enum {
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_UNKNOWN = 0, /**< Unknown. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_PHONE = 64, /**< Generic Phone. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_COMPUTER = 128, /**< Generic Computer. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_WATCH = 192, /**< Generic Watch. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_WATCH_SPORTS_WATCH = 193, /**< Watch: Sports Watch. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_CLOCK = 256, /**< Generic Clock. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_DISPLAY = 320, /**< Generic Display. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_REMOTE_CONTROL = 384, /**< Generic Remote Control. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_EYE_GLASSES = 448, /**< Generic Eye-glasses. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_TAG = 512, /**< Generic Tag. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_KEYRING = 576, /**< Generic Keyring. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_MEDIA_PLAYER = 640, /**< Generic Media Player. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_BARCODE_SCANNER = 704, /**< Generic Barcode Scanner. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_THERMOMETER = 768, /**< Generic Thermometer. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_THERMOMETER_EAR = 769, /**< Thermometer: Ear. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_HEART_RATE_SENSOR = 832, /**< Generic Heart Rate Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HEART_RATE_SENSOR_HEART_RATE_BELT = 833, /**< Heart Rate Sensor: Heart Rate Belt. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_BLOOD_PRESSURE = 896, /**< Generic Blood Pressure. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_BLOOD_PRESSURE_ARM = 897, /**< Blood Pressure: Arm. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_BLOOD_PRESSURE_WRIST = 898, /**< Blood Pressure: Wrist. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_HID = 960, /**< Human Interface Device (HID). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_KEYBOARD = 961, /**< Keyboard (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_MOUSE = 962, /**< Mouse (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_JOYSTICK = 963, /**< Joystick (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_GAMEPAD = 964, /**< Gamepad (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_DIGITIZERSUBTYPE = 965, /**< Digitizer Tablet (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_CARD_READER = 966, /**< Card Reader (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_DIGITAL_PEN = 967, /**< Digital Pen (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_HID_BARCODE = 968, /**< Barcode Scanner (HID subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_GLUCOSE_METER = 1024, /**< Generic Glucose Meter. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR = 1088, /**< Generic Running Walking Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_IN_SHOE = 1089, /**< Running Walking Sensor: In-Shoe. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_SHOE = 1090, /**< Running Walking Sensor: On-Shoe. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_RUNNING_WALKING_SENSOR_ON_HIP = 1091, /**< Running Walking Sensor: On-Hip. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_CYCLING = 1152, /**< Generic Cycling. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_CYCLING_CYCLING_COMPUTER = 1153, /**< Cycling: Cycling Computer. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_CYCLING_SPEED_SENSOR = 1154, /**< Cycling: Speed Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_CYCLING_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1155, /**< Cycling: Cadence Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_CYCLING_POWER_SENSOR = 1156, /**< Cycling: Power Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_CYCLING_SPEED_CADENCE_SENSOR = 1157, /**< Cycling: Speed and Cadence Sensor. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_PULSE_OXIMETER = 3136, /**< Generic Pulse Oximeter. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_PULSE_OXIMETER_FINGERTIP = 3137, /**< Fingertip (Pulse Oximeter subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_PULSE_OXIMETER_WRIST_WORN = 3138, /**< Wrist Worn (Pulse Oximeter subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_WEIGHT_SCALE = 3200, /**< Generic Weight Scale. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_OUTDOOR_SPORTS_ACT = 5184, /**< Generic Outdoor Sports Activity. */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_OUTDOOR_SPORTS_ACT_LOC_DISP = 5185, /**< Location Display Device (Outdoor Sports Activity subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_OUTDOOR_SPORTS_ACT_LOC_AND_NAV_DISP = 5186, /**< Location and Navigation Display Device (Outdoor Sports Activity subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_OUTDOOR_SPORTS_ACT_LOC_POD = 5187, /**< Location Pod (Outdoor Sports Activity subtype). */
+ BLE_APPEARANCE_OUTDOOR_SPORTS_ACT_LOC_AND_NAV_POD = 5188, /**< Location and Navigation Pod (Outdoor Sports Activity subtype). */
+};
+
+
+/*! @brief Error codes for the BLE API. */
+enum ble_error_t {
+ BLE_ERROR_NONE = 0, /**< No error. */
+ BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW = 1, /**< The requested action would cause a buffer overflow and has been aborted. */
+ BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED = 2, /**< Requested a feature that isn't yet implemented or isn't supported by the target HW. */
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE = 3, /**< One of the supplied parameters is outside the valid range. */
+ BLE_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM = 4, /**< One of the supplied parameters is invalid. */
+ BLE_STACK_BUSY = 5, /**< The stack is busy. */
+ BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE = 6, /**< Invalid state. */
+ BLE_ERROR_NO_MEM = 7, /**< Out of memory */
+ BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED = 8,
+ BLE_ERROR_INITIALIZATION_INCOMPLETE = 9,
+ BLE_ERROR_ALREADY_INITIALIZED = 10,
+ BLE_ERROR_UNSPECIFIED = 11, /**< Unknown error. */
+};
+
+/** @brief Default MTU size. */
+static const unsigned BLE_GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT = 23;
+
+enum HVXType_t {
+ BLE_HVX_NOTIFICATION = 0x01, /**< Handle Value Notification. */
+ BLE_HVX_INDICATION = 0x02, /**< Handle Value Indication. */
+};
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
#endif // ifndef __BLE_COMMON_H__
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/deprecate.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/* mbed Microcontroller Library - * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef __DEPRECATE_H__ -#define __DEPRECATE_H__ - -#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_MBED_OS - #include "compiler-polyfill/attributes.h" -#else - #define __deprecated_message(msg) -#endif - -#endif \ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/services/EnvironmentalService.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/services/EnvironmentalService.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE_H__
-#define __BLE_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE_H__
-
-#include "ble/BLE.h"
-
-/**
-* @class EnvironmentalService
-* @brief BLE Environmental Service. This service provides temperature, humidity and pressure measurement.
-* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/services/Pages/ServiceViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.service.environmental_sensing.xml
-* Temperature: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature.xml
-* Humidity: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.humidity.xml
-* Pressure: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.pressure.xml
-*/
-class EnvironmentalService {
-public:
- typedef int16_t TemperatureType_t;
- typedef uint16_t HumidityType_t;
- typedef uint32_t PressureType_t;
-
- /**
- * @brief EnvironmentalService constructor.
- * @param ble Reference to BLE device.
- * @param temperature_en Enable this characteristic.
- * @param humidity_en Enable this characteristic.
- * @param pressure_en Enable this characteristic.
- */
- EnvironmentalService(BLE& _ble) :
- ble(_ble),
- temperatureCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_CHAR, &temperature),
- humidityCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HUMIDITY_CHAR, &humidity),
- pressureCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_PRESSURE_CHAR, &pressure)
- {
- static bool serviceAdded = false; /* We should only ever need to add the information service once. */
- if (serviceAdded) {
- return;
- }
-
- GattCharacteristic *charTable[] = { &humidityCharacteristic,
- &pressureCharacteristic,
- &temperatureCharacteristic };
-
- GattService environmentalService(GattService::UUID_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE, charTable, sizeof(charTable) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
-
- ble.gattServer().addService(environmentalService);
- serviceAdded = true;
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Update humidity characteristic.
- * @param newHumidityVal New humidity measurement.
- */
- void updateHumidity(HumidityType_t newHumidityVal)
- {
- humidity = (HumidityType_t) (newHumidityVal * 100);
- ble.gattServer().write(humidityCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &humidity, sizeof(HumidityType_t));
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Update pressure characteristic.
- * @param newPressureVal New pressure measurement.
- */
- void updatePressure(PressureType_t newPressureVal)
- {
- pressure = (PressureType_t) (newPressureVal * 10);
- ble.gattServer().write(pressureCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &pressure, sizeof(PressureType_t));
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Update temperature characteristic.
- * @param newTemperatureVal New temperature measurement.
- */
- void updateTemperature(float newTemperatureVal)
- {
- temperature = (TemperatureType_t) (newTemperatureVal * 100);
- ble.gattServer().write(temperatureCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &temperature, sizeof(TemperatureType_t));
- }
-
-private:
- BLE& ble;
-
- TemperatureType_t temperature;
- HumidityType_t humidity;
- PressureType_t pressure;
-
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<TemperatureType_t> temperatureCharacteristic;
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<HumidityType_t> humidityCharacteristic;
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<PressureType_t> pressureCharacteristic;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BLE_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE_H__
+#define __BLE_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE_H__
+
+#include "ble/BLE.h"
+
+/**
+* @class EnvironmentalService
+* @brief BLE Environmental Service. This service provides the location of the thermometer and the temperature. <br>
+* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/services/Pages/ServiceViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.service.environmental_sensing.xml <br>
+* Temperature: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature.xml <br>
+* Humidity: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.humidity.xml <br>
+* Pressure: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.pressure.xml
+*/
+class EnvironmentalService {
+public:
+ typedef int16_t TemperatureType_t;
+ typedef uint16_t HumidityType_t;
+ typedef uint32_t PressureType_t;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief EnvironmentalService constructor.
+ * @param ble Reference to BLE device.
+ * @param temperature_en Enable this characteristic.
+ * @param humidity_en Enable this characteristic.
+ * @param pressure_en Enable this characteristic.
+ */
+ EnvironmentalService(BLE& _ble) :
+ ble(_ble),
+ temperatureCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_CHAR, &temperature),
+ humidityCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HUMIDITY_CHAR, &humidity),
+ pressureCharacteristic(GattCharacteristic::UUID_PRESSURE_CHAR, &pressure)
+ {
+ static bool serviceAdded = false; /* We should only ever need to add the information service once. */
+ if (serviceAdded) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ GattCharacteristic *charTable[] = { &humidityCharacteristic,
+ &pressureCharacteristic,
+ &temperatureCharacteristic };
+
+ GattService environmentalService(GattService::UUID_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE, charTable, sizeof(charTable) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
+
+ ble.gattServer().addService(environmentalService);
+ serviceAdded = true;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Update humidity characteristic.
+ * @param newHumidityVal New humidity measurement.
+ */
+ void updateHumidity(HumidityType_t newHumidityVal)
+ {
+ humidity = (HumidityType_t) (newHumidityVal * 100);
+ ble.gattServer().write(humidityCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &humidity, sizeof(HumidityType_t));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Update pressure characteristic.
+ * @param newPressureVal New pressure measurement.
+ */
+ void updatePressure(PressureType_t newPressureVal)
+ {
+ pressure = (PressureType_t) (newPressureVal * 10);
+ ble.gattServer().write(pressureCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &pressure, sizeof(PressureType_t));
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Update temperature characteristic.
+ * @param newTemperatureVal New temperature measurement.
+ */
+ void updateTemperature(float newTemperatureVal)
+ {
+ temperature = (TemperatureType_t) (newTemperatureVal * 100);
+ ble.gattServer().write(temperatureCharacteristic.getValueHandle(), (uint8_t *) &temperature, sizeof(TemperatureType_t));
+ }
+
+private:
+ BLE& ble;
+
+ TemperatureType_t temperature;
+ HumidityType_t humidity;
+ PressureType_t pressure;
+
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<TemperatureType_t> temperatureCharacteristic;
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<HumidityType_t> humidityCharacteristic;
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<PressureType_t> pressureCharacteristic;
+};
+
#endif /* #ifndef __BLE_ENVIRONMENTAL_SERVICE_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/services/HealthThermometerService.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/services/HealthThermometerService.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,150 +1,150 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE_H__
-#define __BLE_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE_H__
-
-#include "ble/BLE.h"
-
-/**
-* @class HealthThermometerService
-* @brief BLE Health Thermometer Service. This service provides the location of the thermometer and the temperature.
-* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/profiles/Pages/ProfileViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.profile.health_thermometer.xml
-* Temperature Measurement: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_measurement.xml
-* Temperature Type: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_type.xml
-*/
-class HealthThermometerService {
-public:
- /**
- * @enum Sensor Location.
- * @brief Location of sensor on the body.
- */
- enum SensorLocation_t {
- LOCATION_ARMPIT = 1, /*!< Armpit. */
- LOCATION_BODY, /*!< Body. */
- LOCATION_EAR, /*!< Ear. */
- LOCATION_FINGER, /*!< Finger. */
- LOCATION_GI_TRACT, /*!< GI tract */
- LOCATION_MOUTH, /*!< Mouth. */
- LOCATION_RECTUM, /*!< Rectum. */
- LOCATION_TOE, /*!< Toe. */
- LOCATION_EAR_DRUM, /*!< Eardrum. */
- };
-
-public:
- /**
- * @brief Add the Health Thermometer Service to an existing BLE object, initialize with temperature and location.
- * @param[ref] _ble Reference to the BLE device.
- * @param[in] initialTemp Initial value in celsius.
- * @param[in] _location
- */
- HealthThermometerService(BLE &_ble, float initialTemp, uint8_t _location) :
- ble(_ble),
- valueBytes(initialTemp),
- tempMeasurement(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, (TemperatureValueBytes *)valueBytes.getPointer(), GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
- tempLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR, &_location) {
-
- GattCharacteristic *hrmChars[] = {&tempMeasurement, &tempLocation, };
- GattService hrmService(GattService::UUID_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE, hrmChars, sizeof(hrmChars) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
-
- ble.addService(hrmService);
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Update the temperature being broadcast.
- *
- * @param[in] temperature
- * Floating point value of the temperature.
- *
- */
- void updateTemperature(float temperature) {
- if (ble.getGapState().connected) {
- valueBytes.updateTemperature(temperature);
- ble.gattServer().write(tempMeasurement.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), sizeof(TemperatureValueBytes));
- }
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Update the location.
- * @param loc
- * New location value.
- */
- void updateLocation(SensorLocation_t loc) {
- ble.gattServer().write(tempLocation.getValueHandle(), reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(&loc), sizeof(uint8_t));
- }
-
-private:
- /* Private internal representation for the bytes used to work with the vaulue of the temperature characteristic. */
- struct TemperatureValueBytes {
- static const unsigned OFFSET_OF_FLAGS = 0;
- static const unsigned OFFSET_OF_VALUE = OFFSET_OF_FLAGS + sizeof(uint8_t);
- static const unsigned SIZEOF_VALUE_BYTES = sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(float);
-
- static const unsigned TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FLAG_POS = 0;
- static const unsigned TIMESTAMP_FLAG_POS = 1;
- static const unsigned TEMPERATURE_TYPE_FLAG_POS = 2;
-
- static const uint8_t TEMPERATURE_UNITS_CELSIUS = 0;
- static const uint8_t TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FAHRENHEIT = 1;
-
- TemperatureValueBytes(float initialTemperature) : bytes() {
- /* Assumption: temperature values are expressed in celsius */
- bytes[OFFSET_OF_FLAGS] = (TEMPERATURE_UNITS_CELSIUS << TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FLAG_POS) |
- (false << TIMESTAMP_FLAG_POS) |
- (false << TEMPERATURE_TYPE_FLAG_POS);
- updateTemperature(initialTemperature);
- }
-
- void updateTemperature(float temp) {
- uint32_t temp_ieee11073 = quick_ieee11073_from_float(temp);
- memcpy(&bytes[OFFSET_OF_VALUE], &temp_ieee11073, sizeof(float));
- }
-
- uint8_t *getPointer(void) {
- return bytes;
- }
-
- const uint8_t *getPointer(void) const {
- return bytes;
- }
-
-private:
- /**
- * @brief A very quick conversion between a float temperature and 11073-20601 FLOAT-Type.
- * @param temperature The temperature as a float.
- * @return The temperature in 11073-20601 FLOAT-Type format.
- */
- uint32_t quick_ieee11073_from_float(float temperature) {
- uint8_t exponent = 0xFE; //Exponent is -2
- uint32_t mantissa = (uint32_t)(temperature * 100);
-
- return (((uint32_t)exponent) << 24) | mantissa;
- }
-
-private:
- /* First byte: 8-bit flags. Second field is a float holding the temperature value. */
- /* See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_measurement.xml */
- uint8_t bytes[SIZEOF_VALUE_BYTES];
- };
-
-protected:
- BLE &ble;
- TemperatureValueBytes valueBytes;
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<TemperatureValueBytes> tempMeasurement;
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> tempLocation;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BLE_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE_H__
+#define __BLE_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE_H__
+
+#include "ble/BLE.h"
+
+/**
+* @class HealthThermometerService
+* @brief BLE Health Thermometer Service. This service provides the location of the thermometer and the temperature. <br>
+* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/profiles/Pages/ProfileViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.profile.health_thermometer.xml <br>
+* Temperature Measurement: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_measurement.xml <br>
+* Temperature Type: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_type.xml
+*/
+class HealthThermometerService {
+public:
+ /**
+ * @enum Sensor Location
+ * @brief Location of sensor on the body
+ */
+ enum SensorLocation_t {
+ LOCATION_ARMPIT = 1, /*!< armpit */
+ LOCATION_BODY, /*!< body */
+ LOCATION_EAR, /*!< ear */
+ LOCATION_FINGER, /*!< finger */
+ LOCATION_GI_TRACT, /*!< GI tract */
+ LOCATION_MOUTH, /*!< mouth */
+ LOCATION_RECTUM, /*!< rectum */
+ LOCATION_TOE, /*!< toe */
+ LOCATION_EAR_DRUM, /*!< ear drum */
+ };
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * @brief Add the Health Thermometer Service to an existing ble object, initialize with temperature and location.
+ * @param[ref] _ble reference to the BLE device
+ * @param[in] initialTemp initial value in celsius
+ * @param[in] _location
+ */
+ HealthThermometerService(BLE &_ble, float initialTemp, uint8_t _location) :
+ ble(_ble),
+ valueBytes(initialTemp),
+ tempMeasurement(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, (TemperatureValueBytes *)valueBytes.getPointer(), GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
+ tempLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR, &_location) {
+
+ GattCharacteristic *hrmChars[] = {&tempMeasurement, &tempLocation, };
+ GattService hrmService(GattService::UUID_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE, hrmChars, sizeof(hrmChars) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
+
+ ble.addService(hrmService);
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Update the temperature being broadcast
+ *
+ * @param[in] temperature
+ * Floating point value of the temperature
+ *
+ */
+ void updateTemperature(float temperature) {
+ if (ble.getGapState().connected) {
+ valueBytes.updateTemperature(temperature);
+ ble.gattServer().write(tempMeasurement.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), sizeof(TemperatureValueBytes));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Update the location.
+ * @param loc
+ * new location value.
+ */
+ void updateLocation(SensorLocation_t loc) {
+ ble.gattServer().write(tempLocation.getValueHandle(), reinterpret_cast<uint8_t *>(&loc), sizeof(uint8_t));
+ }
+
+private:
+ /* Private internal representation for the bytes used to work with the vaulue of the heart-rate characteristic. */
+ struct TemperatureValueBytes {
+ static const unsigned OFFSET_OF_FLAGS = 0;
+ static const unsigned OFFSET_OF_VALUE = OFFSET_OF_FLAGS + sizeof(uint8_t);
+ static const unsigned SIZEOF_VALUE_BYTES = sizeof(uint8_t) + sizeof(float);
+
+ static const unsigned TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FLAG_POS = 0;
+ static const unsigned TIMESTAMP_FLAG_POS = 1;
+ static const unsigned TEMPERATURE_TYPE_FLAG_POS = 2;
+
+ static const uint8_t TEMPERATURE_UNITS_CELSIUS = 0;
+ static const uint8_t TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FAHRENHEIT = 1;
+
+ TemperatureValueBytes(float initialTemperature) : bytes() {
+ /* assumption: temperature values are expressed in Celsius */
+ bytes[OFFSET_OF_FLAGS] = (TEMPERATURE_UNITS_CELSIUS << TEMPERATURE_UNITS_FLAG_POS) |
+ (false << TIMESTAMP_FLAG_POS) |
+ (false << TEMPERATURE_TYPE_FLAG_POS);
+ updateTemperature(initialTemperature);
+ }
+
+ void updateTemperature(float temp) {
+ uint32_t temp_ieee11073 = quick_ieee11073_from_float(temp);
+ memcpy(&bytes[OFFSET_OF_VALUE], &temp_ieee11073, sizeof(float));
+ }
+
+ uint8_t *getPointer(void) {
+ return bytes;
+ }
+
+ const uint8_t *getPointer(void) const {
+ return bytes;
+ }
+
+private:
+ /**
+ * @brief A very quick conversion between a float temperature and 11073-20601 FLOAT-Type.
+ * @param temperature The temperature as a float.
+ * @return The temperature in 11073-20601 FLOAT-Type format.
+ */
+ uint32_t quick_ieee11073_from_float(float temperature) {
+ uint8_t exponent = 0xFE; //exponent is -2
+ uint32_t mantissa = (uint32_t)(temperature * 100);
+
+ return (((uint32_t)exponent) << 24) | mantissa;
+ }
+
+private:
+ /* First byte = 8-bit flags, Second field is a float holding the temperature value. */
+ /* See --> https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.temperature_measurement.xml */
+ uint8_t bytes[SIZEOF_VALUE_BYTES];
+ };
+
+protected:
+ BLE &ble;
+ TemperatureValueBytes valueBytes;
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<TemperatureValueBytes> tempMeasurement;
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> tempLocation;
+};
+
#endif /* #ifndef __BLE_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/ble/services/HeartRateService.h Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/ble/services/HeartRateService.h Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,194 +1,194 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BLE_HEART_RATE_SERVICE_H__
-#define __BLE_HEART_RATE_SERVICE_H__
-
-#include "ble/BLE.h"
-
-/**
-* @class HeartRateService
-* @brief BLE Service for HeartRate. This BLE Service contains the location of the sensor and the heart rate in beats per minute.
-* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/services/Pages/ServiceViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.service.heart_rate.xml
-* HRM Char: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.heart_rate_measurement.xml
-* Location: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.body_sensor_location.xml
-*/
-class HeartRateService {
-public:
- /**
- * @enum SensorLocation
- * @brief Location of the heart rate sensor on body.
- */
- enum {
- LOCATION_OTHER = 0, /*!< Other location. */
- LOCATION_CHEST, /*!< Chest. */
- LOCATION_WRIST, /*!< Wrist. */
- LOCATION_FINGER, /*!< Finger. */
- LOCATION_HAND, /*!< Hand. */
- LOCATION_EAR_LOBE, /*!< Earlobe. */
- LOCATION_FOOT, /*!< Foot. */
- };
-
-public:
- /**
- * @brief Constructor with 8-bit HRM Counter value.
- *
- * @param[ref] _ble
- * Reference to the underlying BLE.
- * @param[in] hrmCounter (8-bit)
- * Initial value for the HRM counter.
- * @param[in] location
- * Sensor's location.
- */
- HeartRateService(BLE &_ble, uint8_t hrmCounter, uint8_t location) :
- ble(_ble),
- valueBytes(hrmCounter),
- hrmRate(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, valueBytes.getPointer(),
- valueBytes.getNumValueBytes(), HeartRateValueBytes::MAX_VALUE_BYTES,
- GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
- hrmLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR, &location),
- controlPoint(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR, &controlPointValue) {
- setupService();
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Constructor with a 16-bit HRM Counter value.
- *
- * @param[in] _ble
- * Reference to the underlying BLE.
- * @param[in] hrmCounter (8-bit)
- * Initial value for the HRM counter.
- * @param[in] location
- * Sensor's location.
- */
- HeartRateService(BLE &_ble, uint16_t hrmCounter, uint8_t location) :
- ble(_ble),
- valueBytes(hrmCounter),
- hrmRate(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, valueBytes.getPointer(),
- valueBytes.getNumValueBytes(), HeartRateValueBytes::MAX_VALUE_BYTES,
- GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
- hrmLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR, &location),
- controlPoint(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR, &controlPointValue) {
- setupService();
- }
-
- /**
- * @brief Set a new 8-bit value for the heart rate.
- *
- * @param[in] hrmCounter
- * Heart rate in BPM.
- */
- void updateHeartRate(uint8_t hrmCounter) {
- valueBytes.updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
- ble.gattServer().write(hrmRate.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), valueBytes.getNumValueBytes());
- }
-
- /**
- * Set a new 16-bit value for the heart rate.
- *
- * @param[in] hrmCounter
- * Heart rate in BPM.
- */
- void updateHeartRate(uint16_t hrmCounter) {
- valueBytes.updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
- ble.gattServer().write(hrmRate.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), valueBytes.getNumValueBytes());
- }
-
- /**
- * This callback allows the heart rate service to receive updates to the
- * controlPoint characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] params
- * Information about the characterisitc being updated.
- */
- virtual void onDataWritten(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
- if (params->handle == controlPoint.getValueAttribute().getHandle()) {
- /* Do something here if the new value is 1; else you can override this method by
- * extending this class.
- * @NOTE: If you are extending this class, be sure to also call
- * ble.onDataWritten(this, &ExtendedHRService::onDataWritten); in
- * your constructor.
- */
- }
- }
-
-protected:
- void setupService(void) {
- GattCharacteristic *charTable[] = {&hrmRate, &hrmLocation, &controlPoint};
- GattService hrmService(GattService::UUID_HEART_RATE_SERVICE, charTable, sizeof(charTable) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
-
- ble.addService(hrmService);
- ble.onDataWritten(this, &HeartRateService::onDataWritten);
- }
-
-protected:
- /* Private internal representation for the bytes used to work with the value of the heart rate characteristic. */
- struct HeartRateValueBytes {
- static const unsigned MAX_VALUE_BYTES = 3; /* Flags, and up to two bytes for heart rate. */
- static const unsigned FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX = 0;
-
- static const unsigned VALUE_FORMAT_BITNUM = 0;
- static const uint8_t VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG = (1 << VALUE_FORMAT_BITNUM);
-
- HeartRateValueBytes(uint8_t hrmCounter) : valueBytes() {
- updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
- }
-
- HeartRateValueBytes(uint16_t hrmCounter) : valueBytes() {
- updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
- }
-
- void updateHeartRate(uint8_t hrmCounter) {
- valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] &= ~VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG;
- valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 1] = hrmCounter;
- }
-
- void updateHeartRate(uint16_t hrmCounter) {
- valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] |= VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG;
- valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 1] = (uint8_t)(hrmCounter & 0xFF);
- valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 2] = (uint8_t)(hrmCounter >> 8);
- }
-
- uint8_t *getPointer(void) {
- return valueBytes;
- }
-
- const uint8_t *getPointer(void) const {
- return valueBytes;
- }
-
- unsigned getNumValueBytes(void) const {
- return 1 + ((valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] & VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG) ? sizeof(uint16_t) : sizeof(uint8_t));
- }
-
- private:
- /* First byte: 8-bit values, no extra info. Second byte: uint8_t HRM value */
- /* See https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.heart_rate_measurement.xml */
- uint8_t valueBytes[MAX_VALUE_BYTES];
- };
-
-protected:
- BLE &ble;
-
- HeartRateValueBytes valueBytes;
- uint8_t controlPointValue;
-
- GattCharacteristic hrmRate;
- ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> hrmLocation;
- WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> controlPoint;
-};
-
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BLE_HEART_RATE_SERVICE_H__
+#define __BLE_HEART_RATE_SERVICE_H__
+
+#include "ble/BLE.h"
+
+/**
+* @class HeartRateService
+* @brief BLE Service for HeartRate. This BLE Service contains the location of the sensor, the heartrate in beats per minute. <br>
+* Service: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/services/Pages/ServiceViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.service.heart_rate.xml <br>
+* HRM Char: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.heart_rate_measurement.xml <br>
+* Location: https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.body_sensor_location.xml
+*/
+class HeartRateService {
+public:
+ /**
+ * @enum SensorLocation
+ * @brief Location of HeartRate sensor on body.
+ */
+ enum {
+ LOCATION_OTHER = 0, /*!< Other Location */
+ LOCATION_CHEST, /*!< Chest */
+ LOCATION_WRIST, /*!< Wrist */
+ LOCATION_FINGER, /*!< Finger */
+ LOCATION_HAND, /*!< Hand */
+ LOCATION_EAR_LOBE, /*!< Earlobe */
+ LOCATION_FOOT, /*!< Foot */
+ };
+
+public:
+ /**
+ * @brief Constructor with 8bit HRM Counter value.
+ *
+ * @param[ref] _ble
+ * Reference to the underlying BLE.
+ * @param[in] hrmCounter (8-bit)
+ * initial value for the hrm counter.
+ * @param[in] location
+ * Sensor's location.
+ */
+ HeartRateService(BLE &_ble, uint8_t hrmCounter, uint8_t location) :
+ ble(_ble),
+ valueBytes(hrmCounter),
+ hrmRate(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, valueBytes.getPointer(),
+ valueBytes.getNumValueBytes(), HeartRateValueBytes::MAX_VALUE_BYTES,
+ GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_READ | GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
+ hrmLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR, &location),
+ controlPoint(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR, &controlPointValue) {
+ setupService();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Constructor with a 16-bit HRM Counter value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] _ble
+ * Reference to the underlying BLE.
+ * @param[in] hrmCounter (8-bit)
+ * initial value for the hrm counter.
+ * @param[in] location
+ * Sensor's location.
+ */
+ HeartRateService(BLE &_ble, uint16_t hrmCounter, uint8_t location) :
+ ble(_ble),
+ valueBytes(hrmCounter),
+ hrmRate(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR, valueBytes.getPointer(),
+ valueBytes.getNumValueBytes(), HeartRateValueBytes::MAX_VALUE_BYTES,
+ GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY),
+ hrmLocation(GattCharacteristic::UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR, &location),
+ controlPoint(GattCharacteristic::UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR, &controlPointValue) {
+ setupService();
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Set a new 8-bit value for heart rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in] hrmCounter
+ * HeartRate in bpm.
+ */
+ void updateHeartRate(uint8_t hrmCounter) {
+ valueBytes.updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
+ ble.gattServer().write(hrmRate.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), valueBytes.getNumValueBytes());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Set a new 16-bit value for heart rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in] hrmCounter
+ * HeartRate in bpm.
+ */
+ void updateHeartRate(uint16_t hrmCounter) {
+ valueBytes.updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
+ ble.gattServer().write(hrmRate.getValueHandle(), valueBytes.getPointer(), valueBytes.getNumValueBytes());
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * This callback allows the HeartRateService to receive updates to the
+ * controlPoint Characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] params
+ * Information about the characterisitc being updated.
+ */
+ virtual void onDataWritten(const GattWriteCallbackParams *params) {
+ if (params->handle == controlPoint.getValueAttribute().getHandle()) {
+ /* Do something here if the new value is 1; else you can override this method by
+ * extending this class.
+ * @NOTE: if you are extending this class, be sure to also call
+ * ble.onDataWritten(this, &ExtendedHRService::onDataWritten); in
+ * your constructor.
+ */
+ }
+ }
+
+protected:
+ void setupService(void) {
+ GattCharacteristic *charTable[] = {&hrmRate, &hrmLocation, &controlPoint};
+ GattService hrmService(GattService::UUID_HEART_RATE_SERVICE, charTable, sizeof(charTable) / sizeof(GattCharacteristic *));
+
+ ble.addService(hrmService);
+ ble.onDataWritten(this, &HeartRateService::onDataWritten);
+ }
+
+protected:
+ /* Private internal representation for the bytes used to work with the vaulue of the heart-rate characteristic. */
+ struct HeartRateValueBytes {
+ static const unsigned MAX_VALUE_BYTES = 3; /* FLAGS + up to two bytes for heart-rate */
+ static const unsigned FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX = 0;
+
+ static const unsigned VALUE_FORMAT_BITNUM = 0;
+ static const uint8_t VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG = (1 << VALUE_FORMAT_BITNUM);
+
+ HeartRateValueBytes(uint8_t hrmCounter) : valueBytes() {
+ updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
+ }
+
+ HeartRateValueBytes(uint16_t hrmCounter) : valueBytes() {
+ updateHeartRate(hrmCounter);
+ }
+
+ void updateHeartRate(uint8_t hrmCounter) {
+ valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] &= ~VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG;
+ valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 1] = hrmCounter;
+ }
+
+ void updateHeartRate(uint16_t hrmCounter) {
+ valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] |= VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG;
+ valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 1] = (uint8_t)(hrmCounter & 0xFF);
+ valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX + 2] = (uint8_t)(hrmCounter >> 8);
+ }
+
+ uint8_t *getPointer(void) {
+ return valueBytes;
+ }
+
+ const uint8_t *getPointer(void) const {
+ return valueBytes;
+ }
+
+ unsigned getNumValueBytes(void) const {
+ return 1 + ((valueBytes[FLAGS_BYTE_INDEX] & VALUE_FORMAT_FLAG) ? sizeof(uint16_t) : sizeof(uint8_t));
+ }
+
+ private:
+ /* First byte = 8-bit values, no extra info, Second byte = uint8_t HRM value */
+ /* See --> https://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.heart_rate_measurement.xml */
+ uint8_t valueBytes[MAX_VALUE_BYTES];
+ };
+
+protected:
+ BLE &ble;
+
+ HeartRateValueBytes valueBytes;
+ uint8_t controlPointValue;
+
+ GattCharacteristic hrmRate;
+ ReadOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> hrmLocation;
+ WriteOnlyGattCharacteristic<uint8_t> controlPoint;
+};
+
#endif /* #ifndef __BLE_HEART_RATE_SERVICE_H__*/
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/module.json Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/module.json Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
{
"name": "ble",
- "version": "2.5.0",
+ "version": "2.1.5",
"description": "The BLE module offers a high level abstraction for using Bluetooth Low Energy on multiple platforms.",
"keywords": [
"Bluetooth",
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
"dependencies": {},
"targetDependencies": {
"st-ble-shield": {
- "x-nucleo-idb0xa1": "^2.0.0"
+ "x-nucleo-idb0xa1": "ARMmbed/ble-x-nucleo-idb0xa1"
},
"nrf51822": {
- "ble-nrf51822": "^2.2.8"
+ "ble-nrf51822": "^2.1.1"
},
"cordio": {
"ble-wicentric": "~0.0.4"
@@ -35,8 +35,7 @@
"mbed-classic": "~0.0.1"
},
"mbed-os": {
- "mbed-drivers": "*",
- "compiler-polyfill": "^1.2.1"
+ "mbed-drivers": "*"
}
}
}
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/source/BLE.cpp Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/source/BLE.cpp Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,229 +1,230 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "ble/BLE.h"
-#include "ble/BLEInstanceBase.h"
-
-#if defined(TARGET_OTA_ENABLED)
-#include "ble/services/DFUService.h"
-#endif
-
-ble_error_t
-BLE::initImplementation(FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback)
-{
- ble_error_t err = transport->init(instanceID, callback);
- if (err != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
- return err;
- }
-
- /* Platforms enabled for DFU should introduce the DFU Service into
- * applications automatically. */
-#if defined(TARGET_OTA_ENABLED)
- static DFUService dfu(*this); // defined static so that the object remains alive
-#endif // TARGET_OTA_ENABLED
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**
- * BLE::Instance() and BLE constructor rely upon a static array of initializers
- * to create actual BLE transport instances. A description of these instances
- * and initializers is supposed to be put in some .json file contributing to
- * yotta's configuration (typically in the target definition described by
- * target.json). Here's a sample:
- *
- * "config": {
- * ...
- * "ble_instances": {
- * "count": 1,
- * "0" : {
- * "initializer" : "createBLEInstance"
- * }
- * }
- * ...
- * }
- *
- * The following macros result in translating the above config into a static
- * array: instanceConstructors.
- */
-#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
-#define CONCATENATE(A, B) A ## B
-#define EXPAND(X) X /* this adds a level of indirection needed to allow macro-expansion following a token-paste operation (see use of CONCATENATE() below). */
-
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_1 YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_0_INITIALIZER
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_2 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_1, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_1_INITIALIZER
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_3 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_2, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_2_INITIALIZER
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_4 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_3, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_3_INITIALIZER
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_5 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_4, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_4_INITIALIZER
-/* ... add more of the above if ever needed */
-
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS(N) EXPAND(CONCATENATE(INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_, N))
-#elif !defined(INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS)
-/*
- * The following applies when building without yotta. By default BLE_API provides
- * a trivial initializer list containing a single constructor: createBLEInstance.
- * This may be overridden.
- */
-#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS createBLEInstance
-#endif /* YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT */
-
-typedef BLEInstanceBase *(*InstanceConstructor_t)(void);
-static const InstanceConstructor_t instanceConstructors[BLE::NUM_INSTANCES] = {
-#ifndef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
- INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS
-#else
- INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS(YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT)
-#endif
-};
-
-BLE &
-BLE::Instance(InstanceID_t id)
-{
- static BLE *singletons[NUM_INSTANCES];
- if (id < NUM_INSTANCES) {
- if (singletons[id] == NULL) {
- singletons[id] = new BLE(id); /* This object will never be freed. */
- }
-
- return *singletons[id];
- }
-
- /* we come here only in the case of a bad interfaceID. */
- static BLE badSingleton(NUM_INSTANCES /* this is a bad index; and will result in a NULL transport. */);
- return badSingleton;
-}
-
-BLE::BLE(InstanceID_t instanceIDIn) : instanceID(instanceIDIn), transport()
-{
- static BLEInstanceBase *transportInstances[NUM_INSTANCES];
-
- if (instanceID < NUM_INSTANCES) {
- if (!transportInstances[instanceID]) {
- transportInstances[instanceID] = instanceConstructors[instanceID](); /* Call the stack's initializer for the transport object. */
- }
- transport = transportInstances[instanceID];
- } else {
- transport = NULL;
- }
-}
-
-bool BLE::hasInitialized(void) const
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->hasInitialized();
-}
-
-ble_error_t BLE::shutdown(void)
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->shutdown();
-}
-
-const char *BLE::getVersion(void)
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getVersion();
-}
-
-const Gap &BLE::gap() const
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGap();
-}
-
-Gap &BLE::gap()
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGap();
-}
-
-const GattServer& BLE::gattServer() const
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGattServer();
-}
-
-GattServer& BLE::gattServer()
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGattServer();
-}
-
-const GattClient& BLE::gattClient() const
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGattClient();
-}
-
-GattClient& BLE::gattClient()
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getGattClient();
-}
-
-const SecurityManager& BLE::securityManager() const
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getSecurityManager();
-}
-
-SecurityManager& BLE::securityManager()
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- return transport->getSecurityManager();
-}
-
-void BLE::waitForEvent(void)
-{
- if (!transport) {
- error("bad handle to underlying transport");
- }
-
- transport->waitForEvent();
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "ble/BLE.h"
+#include "ble/BLEInstanceBase.h"
+
+#if defined(TARGET_OTA_ENABLED)
+#include "ble/services/DFUService.h"
+#endif
+
+ble_error_t
+BLE::initImplementation(FunctionPointerWithContext<InitializationCompleteCallbackContext *> callback)
+{
+ ble_error_t err = transport->init(instanceID, callback);
+ if (err != BLE_ERROR_NONE) {
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ /* Platforms enabled for DFU should introduce the DFU Service into
+ * applications automatically. */
+#if defined(TARGET_OTA_ENABLED)
+ static DFUService dfu(*this); // defined static so that the object remains alive
+#endif // TARGET_OTA_ENABLED
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * BLE::Instance() and BLE constructor rely upon a static array of initializers
+ * to create actual BLE transport instances. A description of these instances
+ * and initializers is supposed to be put in some .json file contributing to
+ * yotta's configuration (typically in the target definition described by
+ * target.json). Here's a sample:
+ *
+ * "config": {
+ * ...
+ * "ble_instances": {
+ * "count": 1,
+ * "0" : {
+ * "initializer" : "createBLEInstance"
+ * }
+ * }
+ * ...
+ * }
+ *
+ * The following macros result in translating the above config into a static
+ * array: instanceConstructors.
+ */
+#ifdef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
+#define CONCATENATE(A, B) A ## B
+#define EXPAND(X) X /* this adds a level of indirection needed to allow macro-expansion following a token-paste operation (see use of CONCATENATE() below). */
+
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_1 YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_0_INITIALIZER
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_2 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_1, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_1_INITIALIZER
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_3 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_2, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_2_INITIALIZER
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_4 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_3, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_3_INITIALIZER
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_5 INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_4, YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_4_INITIALIZER
+/* ... add more of the above if ever needed */
+
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS(N) EXPAND(CONCATENATE(INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS_, N))
+#elif !defined(INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS)
+/*
+ * The following applies when building without yotta. By default BLE_API provides
+ * a trivial initializer list containing a single constructor: createBLEInstance.
+ * This may be overridden.
+ */
+#define INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS createBLEInstance
+#endif /* YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT */
+
+typedef BLEInstanceBase *(*InstanceConstructor_t)(void);
+static const InstanceConstructor_t instanceConstructors[BLE::NUM_INSTANCES] = {
+#ifndef YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT
+ INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS
+#else
+ INITIALIZER_LIST_FOR_INSTANCE_CONSTRUCTORS(YOTTA_CFG_BLE_INSTANCES_COUNT)
+#endif
+};
+
+BLE &
+BLE::Instance(InstanceID_t id)
+{
+ static BLE *singletons[NUM_INSTANCES];
+ if (id < NUM_INSTANCES) {
+ if (singletons[id] == NULL) {
+ singletons[id] = new BLE(id); /* This object will never be freed. */
+ }
+
+ return *singletons[id];
+ }
+
+ /* we come here only in the case of a bad interfaceID. */
+ static BLE badSingleton(NUM_INSTANCES /* this is a bad index; and will result in a NULL transport. */);
+ return badSingleton;
+}
+
+BLE::BLE(InstanceID_t instanceIDIn) : instanceID(instanceIDIn), transport()
+{
+ static BLEInstanceBase *transportInstances[NUM_INSTANCES];
+
+ if (instanceID < NUM_INSTANCES) {
+ if (!transportInstances[instanceID]) {
+ transportInstances[instanceID] = instanceConstructors[instanceID](); /* Call the stack's initializer for the transport object. */
+ }
+ transport = transportInstances[instanceID];
+ } else {
+ transport = NULL;
+ }
+}
+
+bool BLE::hasInitialized(void) const
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->hasInitialized();
+}
+
+ble_error_t BLE::shutdown(void)
+{
+ clearAdvertisingPayload();
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->shutdown();
+}
+
+const char *BLE::getVersion(void)
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getVersion();
+}
+
+const Gap &BLE::gap() const
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGap();
+}
+
+Gap &BLE::gap()
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGap();
+}
+
+const GattServer& BLE::gattServer() const
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGattServer();
+}
+
+GattServer& BLE::gattServer()
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGattServer();
+}
+
+const GattClient& BLE::gattClient() const
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGattClient();
+}
+
+GattClient& BLE::gattClient()
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getGattClient();
+}
+
+const SecurityManager& BLE::securityManager() const
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getSecurityManager();
+}
+
+SecurityManager& BLE::securityManager()
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ return transport->getSecurityManager();
+}
+
+void BLE::waitForEvent(void)
+{
+ if (!transport) {
+ error("bad handle to underlying transport");
+ }
+
+ transport->waitForEvent();
}
\ No newline at end of file
--- a/source/DiscoveredCharacteristic.cpp Tue Jan 12 19:47:52 2016 +0000
+++ b/source/DiscoveredCharacteristic.cpp Wed Apr 06 19:13:46 2016 +0100
@@ -1,167 +1,158 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "ble/DiscoveredCharacteristic.h"
-#include "ble/GattClient.h"
-
-ble_error_t
-DiscoveredCharacteristic::read(uint16_t offset) const
-{
- if (!props.read()) {
- return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
- }
-
- if (!gattc) {
- return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- return gattc->read(connHandle, valueHandle, offset);
-}
-
-struct OneShotReadCallback {
- static void launch(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& cb) {
- OneShotReadCallback* oneShot = new OneShotReadCallback(client, connHandle, handle, cb);
- oneShot->attach();
- // delete will be made when this callback is called
- }
-
-private:
- OneShotReadCallback(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& cb) :
- _client(client),
- _connHandle(connHandle),
- _handle(handle),
- _callback(cb) { }
-
- void attach() {
- _client->onDataRead(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotReadCallback::call));
- }
-
- void call(const GattReadCallbackParams* params) {
- // verifiy that it is the right characteristic on the right connection
- if (params->connHandle == _connHandle && params->handle == _handle) {
- _callback(params);
- _client->onDataRead().detach(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotReadCallback::call));
- delete this;
- }
- }
-
- GattClient* _client;
- Gap::Handle_t _connHandle;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t _handle;
- GattClient::ReadCallback_t _callback;
-};
-
-ble_error_t DiscoveredCharacteristic::read(uint16_t offset, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& onRead) const {
- ble_error_t error = read(offset);
- if (error) {
- return error;
- }
-
- OneShotReadCallback::launch(gattc, connHandle, valueHandle, onRead);
-
- return error;
-}
-
-ble_error_t
-DiscoveredCharacteristic::write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const
-{
- if (!props.write()) {
- return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
- }
-
- if (!gattc) {
- return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- return gattc->write(GattClient::GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ, connHandle, valueHandle, length, value);
-}
-
-ble_error_t
-DiscoveredCharacteristic::writeWoResponse(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const
-{
- if (!props.writeWoResp()) {
- return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
- }
-
- if (!gattc) {
- return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- return gattc->write(GattClient::GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD, connHandle, valueHandle, length, value);
-}
-
-struct OneShotWriteCallback {
- static void launch(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& cb) {
- OneShotWriteCallback* oneShot = new OneShotWriteCallback(client, connHandle, handle, cb);
- oneShot->attach();
- // delete will be made when this callback is called
- }
-
-private:
- OneShotWriteCallback(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
- GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& cb) :
- _client(client),
- _connHandle(connHandle),
- _handle(handle),
- _callback(cb) { }
-
- void attach() {
- _client->onDataWritten(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotWriteCallback::call));
- }
-
- void call(const GattWriteCallbackParams* params) {
- // verifiy that it is the right characteristic on the right connection
- if (params->connHandle == _connHandle && params->handle == _handle) {
- _callback(params);
- _client->onDataWritten().detach(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotWriteCallback::call));
- delete this;
- }
- }
-
- GattClient* _client;
- Gap::Handle_t _connHandle;
- GattAttribute::Handle_t _handle;
- GattClient::WriteCallback_t _callback;
-};
-
-ble_error_t DiscoveredCharacteristic::write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& onRead) const {
- ble_error_t error = write(length, value);
- if (error) {
- return error;
- }
-
- OneShotWriteCallback::launch(gattc, connHandle, valueHandle, onRead);
-
- return error;
-}
-
-ble_error_t DiscoveredCharacteristic::discoverDescriptors(
- const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::DiscoveryCallback_t& onCharacteristicDiscovered,
- const CharacteristicDescriptorDiscovery::TerminationCallback_t& onTermination) const {
-
- if(!gattc) {
- return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- ble_error_t err = gattc->discoverCharacteristicDescriptors(
- *this, onCharacteristicDiscovered, onTermination
- );
-
- return err;
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "ble/DiscoveredCharacteristic.h"
+#include "ble/GattClient.h"
+
+ble_error_t
+DiscoveredCharacteristic::read(uint16_t offset) const
+{
+ if (!props.read()) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
+ }
+
+ if (!gattc) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ return gattc->read(connHandle, valueHandle, offset);
+}
+
+struct OneShotReadCallback {
+ static void launch(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& cb) {
+ OneShotReadCallback* oneShot = new OneShotReadCallback(client, connHandle, handle, cb);
+ oneShot->attach();
+ // delete will be made when this callback is called
+ }
+
+private:
+ OneShotReadCallback(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& cb) :
+ _client(client),
+ _connHandle(connHandle),
+ _handle(handle),
+ _callback(cb) { }
+
+ void attach() {
+ _client->onDataRead(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotReadCallback::call));
+ }
+
+ void call(const GattReadCallbackParams* params) {
+ // verifiy that it is the right characteristic on the right connection
+ if (params->connHandle == _connHandle && params->handle == _handle) {
+ _callback(params);
+ _client->onDataRead().detach(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotReadCallback::call));
+ delete this;
+ }
+ }
+
+ GattClient* _client;
+ Gap::Handle_t _connHandle;
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t _handle;
+ GattClient::ReadCallback_t _callback;
+};
+
+ble_error_t DiscoveredCharacteristic::read(uint16_t offset, const GattClient::ReadCallback_t& onRead) const {
+ ble_error_t error = read(offset);
+ if (error) {
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ OneShotReadCallback::launch(gattc, connHandle, valueHandle, onRead);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+ble_error_t
+DiscoveredCharacteristic::write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const
+{
+ if (!props.write()) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
+ }
+
+ if (!gattc) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ return gattc->write(GattClient::GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ, connHandle, valueHandle, length, value);
+}
+
+ble_error_t
+DiscoveredCharacteristic::writeWoResponse(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value) const
+{
+ if (!props.writeWoResp()) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_OPERATION_NOT_PERMITTED;
+ }
+
+ if (!gattc) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ return gattc->write(GattClient::GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD, connHandle, valueHandle, length, value);
+}
+
+struct OneShotWriteCallback {
+ static void launch(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& cb) {
+ OneShotWriteCallback* oneShot = new OneShotWriteCallback(client, connHandle, handle, cb);
+ oneShot->attach();
+ // delete will be made when this callback is called
+ }
+
+private:
+ OneShotWriteCallback(GattClient* client, Gap::Handle_t connHandle,
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t handle, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& cb) :
+ _client(client),
+ _connHandle(connHandle),
+ _handle(handle),
+ _callback(cb) { }
+
+ void attach() {
+ _client->onDataWritten(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotWriteCallback::call));
+ }
+
+ void call(const GattWriteCallbackParams* params) {
+ // verifiy that it is the right characteristic on the right connection
+ if (params->connHandle == _connHandle && params->handle == _handle) {
+ _callback(params);
+ _client->onDataWritten().detach(makeFunctionPointer(this, &OneShotWriteCallback::call));
+ delete this;
+ }
+ }
+
+ GattClient* _client;
+ Gap::Handle_t _connHandle;
+ GattAttribute::Handle_t _handle;
+ GattClient::WriteCallback_t _callback;
+};
+
+ble_error_t DiscoveredCharacteristic::write(uint16_t length, const uint8_t *value, const GattClient::WriteCallback_t& onRead) const {
+ ble_error_t error = write(length, value);
+ if (error) {
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ OneShotWriteCallback::launch(gattc, connHandle, valueHandle, onRead);
+
+ return error;
+}
+
+ble_error_t
+DiscoveredCharacteristic::discoverDescriptors(DescriptorCallback_t callback, const UUID &matchingUUID) const
+{
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED; /* TODO: this needs to be filled in. */
}
\ No newline at end of file